WW.Cad

Represents what type of zeros to suppress when displaying decimal numbers.

None.

Suppress zero feet.

Suppress zero inches.

Suppress leading zeros.

Suppress trailing zeros.

Represents supression of zeros in displaying decimal numbers.

Suppress zero feet and exactly zero inches.

Show zero feet and exactly zero inches.

Show zero feet and suppress zero inches.

Suppress zero feet and show zero inches.

Suppress leading zeroes in decimal numbers (e.g. 0.3200 is converted to 0.3200).

Suppress trailing zeroes in decimal numbers (e.g. 0.3200 is converted to 0.32).

Suppress both leading and trailing zeroes in decimal numbers (e.g. 0.3200 is converted to .32).

Must be called once per thread.

Layer flags.

None.

Layer is frozen; otherwise layer is thawed.

Layer is frozen by default in new viewports.

Layer is locked.

If set, view is externally dependent on an xref.

If both this flag and are set, the externally dependent xref has been successfully resolved.

If set, the table entry was referenced by at least one entity in the drawing the last time the drawing was edited.

Handle constants.

Represents a named 3D view.

Properties , and optionally the (if is ) determine the transformation to the display coordinate system (DCS).

Represents an abstract table record.

Base object with handle and owner.

From (AC1012) onward, handles are no longer optional.

Represents an object with a handle.

Gets the handle.

Gets the owner object.

Represents a cloning interface to facilitate cloning object graphs.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

The original and cloned object are stored in the clone context. The second time the Clone method is called, the clone from the first call is found in the clone context and returned. So for each new clone a new CloneContext instance has to be used. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .) Cloned object.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The owner object soft reference.

Performs specified action using this instance as parameter and recurse into children if present.

Prepares for write (called after all objects received a handle).

Set handle.

string containing hex representation of ulong.

Set handle.

Set handle to owner object.

Registers this object in the context of specified model.

Unregisters this object in the context of specified model.

Gets whether this object is supported in given model version.

Returns handle number from given handle string.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

The original and cloned object are stored in the clone context. The second time the Clone method is called, the clone from the first call is found in the clone context and returned. So for each new clone of the same source object a new CloneContext instance has to be used. For cloning multiple objects once only one CloneContext is needed (as demonstrated in the example below). Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .) The cloned object. Below an example is shown of how to clone entities from one to another.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    // This class demonstrates how to clone entities from a source DxfModel to a target DxfModel.
    public class CloneContextExample {
        public static void DemonstrateEntityCloning() {
            DxfModel sourceModel = new DxfModel();
            DxfLineType lineType = new DxfLineType("DASH_DOT", 1d, -0.2d, 0d, -0.2d);
            sourceModel.LineTypes.Add(lineType);

            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(Point2D.Zero, 5d);
            circle.LineType = lineType;
            sourceModel.Entities.Add(circle);

            DxfLine line = new DxfLine(Point2D.Zero, new Point2D(5d, 0d));
            line.LineType = lineType;
            sourceModel.Entities.Add(line);

            DxfModel targetModel = new DxfModel();

            // The ReferenceResolutionType.CloneMissing will result in the DASH_DOT line type created
            // above to also be cloned indirectly as a result of cloning the entities.
            CloneContext cloneContext = new CloneContext(targetModel, ReferenceResolutionType.CloneMissing);

            foreach(DxfEntity entity in sourceModel.Entities) {
                DxfEntity clonedEntity = (DxfEntity)entity.Clone(cloneContext);
                targetModel.Entities.Add(clonedEntity);
            }

            cloneContext.ResolveReferences();

            DxfWriter.Write("clone_source.dxf", sourceModel);
            DxfWriter.Write("clone_target.dxf", targetModel);
        }
    }
}

Registers the clone in the specified clone context. This is a helper method that is called by .

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Adds the specified persistent reactor.

Removes the specified persistent reactor.

Attempts to repair this object if is invalid and if it's possible to repair it.

Gets an object from or creates and adds an object to the extension dictionary. If the extension dictionary was null it is created.

Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.

true if parsed.

This method is called after reading the raw objects from file. Some files with a certain version contain additional information from later versions, so older AutoCAD files can still read the simpler objects, but later AutoCAD files can "recompose" the original full objects from the simpler objects + recompose data. The recompose data is usually present in the form of xrecords in the extension dictionary of an object.

Gets the handle.

Gets the owner object.

Gets or sets the extension dictionary. The default value is null.

Gets the model (the root object).

Gets the extended data keyed collection. The collection key is the application name string.

Note that the application name used in the extended data must be present in DxfModel.AppIds or the written DXF file won't be valid! See also for more details. An example of how to write/read a DXF file containing an extended data.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class DxfExtendedDataTest {
        public void TestWriteRead() {
            // Create and write a model with extended data.
            {
                DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf15);

                // App id must be known before it can be used in extended data.
                DxfAppId appIdPeUrl = new DxfAppId("PE_URL");
                model.AppIds.Add(appIdPeUrl);

                DxfLine line = new DxfLine(new Point2D(1d, 0d), new Point2D(3d, 2d));
                DxfExtendedData extendedData = new DxfExtendedData(appIdPeUrl);
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String("line1.html"));
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String(string.Empty));
                StringBuilder longString = new StringBuilder(2000);
                for (int i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
                    longString.Append("0123456789");
                }
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String(longString.ToString()));
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String("Another string."));
                line.ExtendedDataCollection.Add(extendedData);
                model.Entities.Add(line);
                DxfWriter.Write("ExtendedData Example.dxf", model, false);
                DwgWriter.Write("ExtendedDataTest.dwg", model);
            }

            Console.WriteLine("Read from DXF");

            // Read a model with extended data.
            {
                DxfModel model = DxfReader.Read("ExtendedData Example.dxf");
                DxfAppId appIdPeUrl = model.AppIds["PE_URL"];
                foreach (DxfEntity entity in model.Entities) {
                    DxfExtendedData extendedData = entity.ExtendedDataCollection[appIdPeUrl];
                    if (extendedData != null) {
                        foreach (IExtendedDataValue value in extendedData.Values) {
                            Console.WriteLine(value.ToString());
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            Console.WriteLine("Read from DWG");

            // Read a model with extended data.
            {
                DxfModel model = DwgReader.Read("ExtendedDataTest.dwg");
                DxfAppId appIdPeUrl = model.AppIds["PE_URL"];
                foreach (DxfEntity entity in model.Entities) {
                    DxfExtendedData extendedData = entity.ExtendedDataCollection[appIdPeUrl];
                    if (extendedData != null) {
                        foreach (IExtendedDataValue value in extendedData.Values) {
                            Console.WriteLine(value.ToString());
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

Gets the persistent reactors.

A persistent reactor is an object that can react to an event, analogous to an event handler in .NET.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance has data store data.

This property was introduced in version .

Put this method in a separate class, because the overload with DxfHandledObject.SetHandle(ulong handle) with the same parameter causes a managed C++ compiler error otherwise: error C2686: cannot overload static and non-static member functions with the same parameter types.

Represents a table record interface.

Accept the specified visitor.

Gets or sets the table record name.

The name must be set to a value unequal to null. For and earlier the name may not contain any spaces and may not be longer than 31 characters. Each character of the name should be a letter, digit or one of the following letters: $-_*. This constraint is checked when writing the dxf file by method .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table record is externally dependent.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table record is a resolved external reference, or dependent of an external reference (ignored on input).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table record is a referenced by at least one entity in the drawing.

Accept the specified visitor.

Gets or sets the table record name.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table record is externally dependent.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table record is a resolved external reference, or dependent of an external reference (ignored on input).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table record is a referenced by at least one entity in the drawing.

Constructor.

The view name may not contain spaces. Thrown when name contains spaces.

Accept the specified visitor.

Validates the view.

For sorting views by name. See .

Calculates the transform for transforming the model to paper space.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified view in the context of the specified target model.

Gets or sets the standard flags.

Gets or sets whether the view is in paper space.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this view is externally dependent.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this view is a resolved external reference, or dependent of an external reference (ignored on input).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this view is a referenced by at least one entity in the drawing.

Gets or sets the back clip plane Z value.

The back clip plane Z value is relative to the point in the view direction. Value is only effective when is .

Gets or sets whether back clipping is active.

Gets or sets the front clip plane Z value.

The front clip plane Z value is relative to the point in the view direction. Value is only effective when is .

Gets or sets whether front clipping is active.

Gets or sets the view center in DCS (Display coordinate system). In reality the center point is a point in the WCS, but after translation by - and

The center translation gets applied after the - translation and the orientation transform (determined by the and ), just before the camera transform (see ).

Gets or sets the view direction from (in WCS). Is by default.

Gets or sets the lens length. The default value is 50.

Gets or sets the name.

Gets or sets whether perspective mode is active.

Gets or sets the render mode. The default value is RenderMode.Optimized2D.

Gets or sets the 2D size in the display coordinate system (DCS).

Gets or sets the view target point (in WCS).

Gets or sets the twist angle (radians).

Gets or sets the ucs.

UCS was added to in AutoCAD 2000 (release 15).

Gets or sets the ucs per view flag. The default value is false.

If this view stores its own which will become the current UCS whenever the viewport is activated.

Gets or sets the orthographic type of the associated .

Gets or sets the view mode. The default value is ViewMode.None.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to enable UCS follow.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to enable front clip not at eye.

Represents a (rational) spline entity.

A spline is defined by its , , and . A closed spline has just as many knots as an open spline (number of control points + power + 1). The closed spline is rendered just as the open spline but a closing curve is added. This entity was introduced in release 13. Below an example demonstrates how to create and write a DXF file containing a spline.


using System;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class SplineExample {
        public void DemonstrateCreateSpline() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel();

            {
                // Create a cubic spline with default knot values.
                DxfSpline spline = new DxfSpline();
                spline.Degree = 3;
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(3, 0, 0));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(3, 1, 0));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(4, 1, 0));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(4, 0, 0));
                spline.Knots.AddRange(
                    BSplineD.CreateDefaultKnotValues(spline.Degree, spline.ControlPoints.Count, spline.Closed)
                );
                model.Entities.Add(spline);
            }

            {
                // Create a closed cubic spline with specific knot values.
                DxfSpline spline = new DxfSpline();
                spline.Degree = 3;
                spline.Closed = true;
                spline.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(-1, 0, 1));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(-2, 2, 1));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(-0.5, 2, 1));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(0.5, 2, 1));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(2, 2, 1));
                spline.ControlPoints.Add(new Point3D(1, 0, 1));
                spline.Knots.AddRange(new double[] { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.4, 0.6, 1, 1, 1, 1 });
                model.Entities.Add(spline);
            }

            DwgWriter.Write("SplineExample.DemonstrateCreateSpline.dwg",  model);
            DxfWriter.Write("SplineExample.DemonstrateCreateSpline.dxf",  model);
        }
    }
}

Base class for AutoCAD entities (graphical objects like lines, circles etc).

The main properties of an entity are , , , and . An entity is either in model space or in paper space (see property ). By default an entity is in model space. A model space entity must be part of DxfModel.Entities, a paper space entity must be part of DxfLayout.Entities of the paper space layout on which the entity is shown. The exception to this rule is when the entity is part of a , which can be shown on either model or paper space, depending on if the referencing is in model or paper space. When showing model space (see DxfHeader.ShowModelSpace), entities in paper space are invisible. When showing paper space, entities in model space are first transformed to paper space as specified by a view port. Entities in paper space are not transformed.

Owner of plot properties. This interface gives access to all properties influencing plotting. Basically all entities implement this interface.

Please note that plot style support is not finished, so this interface is subject to change.

Return the of this entity depending on the context.

The color (with applied).

Return the of this entity depending on the context.

The entity color.

Return the of this entity depending on the context.

Return the of this entity depending on the and context.

The line type.

Return the effective line weight of this entity depending on the and context.

The effective line weight in 100th of mm.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Draw the entity as a wire frame.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as a wire frame.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as surfaces.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as surfaces.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Gets whether this entity is in paper space when in given parent entity context (should be either or ).

Get the layer this entity is in, using the given drawing context.

The drawing context.

Gets the entity's effective color based on the entity's and . The is not applied.

Obsolete: use instead.

Return the of this entity depending on the context.

The color (with applied).

Return the of this entity depending on the context.

The entity color.

Return the of this entity depending on the context.

Indexed color mapping. Entity's color. Color as defined by insertion. DxfColor as defined by insertion. Effective layer. The ARGB color.

Return the of this entity depending on the context.

Obsolete: There is no one fix indexed color mapping, use instead. Entity's color. Color as defined by insertion. DxfColor as defined by insertion. Effective layer. The ARGB color.

Return the of this entity depending on the and context.

The line type.

Return the effective line weight of this entity depending on the and context.

The effective line weight in 100th of mm.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Transform the entity.

Depending on the entity not all transformations can be possibly. E.g. a non-uniform scaling of a circle would create an ellipse, thereby changing the entity type. Transformation configuration. Transformation matrix.

Transform the entity.

Depending on the entity not all transformations can be possibly. E.g. a non-uniform scaling of a circle would create an ellipse, thereby changing the entity type. Overriding methods must add the action to the undoStack only if it succeeded. If it succeeded partially (in case of child actions), the undoStack should contain the successful child actions that succeeded, so they can be rolled back. Transformation configuration. Transformation matrix. Stack for adding an undo operation for the changes done by the transforamtion.

Creates a create interactor. This functionality is works in progress and is not supported yet for all entities. Returns null if not supported.

Creates an edit interactor. This functionality is works in progress and is not supported yet for all entities. Returns null if not supported.

Copies from specified entity using the specified clone context.

Sets the named color without affecting the color's color type property. (Might remove this later, no longer very useful since property ColorSource is gone).

Determines whether this entity is visible on specified layer in the specified context.

Copy the basic properties from another entity.

Entity to copy from.

Layer in which entity is.

Might be null. Use to get a non-null layer. When the layer is the , and the entity is in a block/insert, then the parent's layer is inherited. See also .

Gets or sets the color of this entity. See also for some very common entity colors.

The default color is by layer (). This property is not used when property is set. Below is an example of how to create entities, assign a color to them, and extract the RGB color value.


using System;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class EntityColorExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel();

            // The "by layer" color depends on the layer color the entity is on (default is the ZERO layer).
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfLine(EntityColors.ByLayer, new Point2D(0, 0), new Point2D(2, 0)));
            // This is one of the ACI colors. ACI stands for AutoCAD Color Index
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfLine(EntityColors.Green, new Point2D(0, 1), new Point2D(2, 1)));
            // This is an RGB color.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfLine(EntityColor.CreateFromRgb(0xff, 0xa0, 0xa0), new Point2D(0, 2), new Point2D(2, 2)));

            foreach (DxfEntity entity in model.Entities) {
                // To get the ARGB value of a color, a specific color set must be provided which
                // is used to lookup ACI colors (ACI stands for AutoCAD Color Index).
                // There are several types of colors, of which ACI colors is one.
                //
                // For more details see types:
                // WW.Cad.Model.Color,
                // WW.Cad.Model.Entities.EntityColor,
                // WW.Cad.Model.ColorType
                int argb = entity.Color.ToArgb(DxfIndexedColorSet.AcadClassicIndexedColors);
                Console.WriteLine("Argb: {0}", argb);
            }
        }
    }
}

Gets or sets the transparency. The default value is .

Gets or sets the named color from a color book.

Set this property to make use of named colors from a color book. When set the color must also be present in . If null then property is effective. The default value is null. The example below demonstrates the use of the DxfColor class.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Math;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class DxfColorExample {
        public void ColorExample() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel();

            DxfColor color = new DxfColor(
                Color.CreateFromRgb(
                    217, 122, 120,
                    "PANTONE(R) Paints + Int.",
                    "PANTONE 16-1624 TPX"
                )
            );
            model.Colors.Add(color);

            DxfLine line = new DxfLine(new Point2D(0, 0), new Point2D(30, 15));
            line.DxfColor = color;
            model.Entities.Add(line);

            DxfWriter.Write("Color example.dxf", model);
        }
    }
}

Gets or sets the line type of this entity.

See also method for getting the line type in a specific context. Below is an example of how to a create line type and apply it to a circle.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class DxfLineTypeExample {
        public void DemonstrateDxfLineTypes() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf15);

            // A dash length of 0.5, followed by a space of 0.3.
            DxfLineType dashedLineType = new DxfLineType("Dashed", 0.5d, -0.3d);
            model.LineTypes.Add(dashedLineType);

            // A dash length of 0.5, followed by a space of 0.3, 
            // followed by a dot, followed by a space of 0.2.
            DxfLineType dashDotLineType = new DxfLineType("Dash dot", 0.5d, -0.3d, 0d, -0.2d);
            model.LineTypes.Add(dashDotLineType);

            // A complex line type.
            DxfLineType complexLineType = new DxfLineType("-- D - S");
            {
                DxfLineType.Element element = new DxfLineType.Element();
                element.Length = 2d;
                complexLineType.Elements.Add(element);
            }
            {
                DxfLineType.Element element = new DxfLineType.Element();
                element.Text = "D";
                element.IsText = true;
                element.TextStyle = model.DefaultTextStyle;
                complexLineType.Elements.Add(element);
            }
            {
                DxfLineType.Element element = new DxfLineType.Element();
                element.Length = 1d;
                complexLineType.Elements.Add(element);
            }
            {
                DxfLineType.Element element = new DxfLineType.Element();
                element.Text = "S";
                element.IsText = true;
                element.TextStyle = model.DefaultTextStyle;
                complexLineType.Elements.Add(element);
            }
            model.LineTypes.Add(complexLineType);

            DxfCircle circle1 = new DxfCircle(new Point2D(0d, 0d), 10d);
            circle1.LineType = dashedLineType;
            model.Entities.Add(circle1);

            DxfCircle circle2 = new DxfCircle(new Point2D(15d, 0d), 10d);
            circle2.LineType = dashDotLineType;
            model.Entities.Add(circle2);

            DxfLine line = new DxfLine();
            line.Start = new Point3D(-10d, -2d, 0d);
            line.End = new Point3D(30d, -2d, 0d);
            line.LineType = complexLineType;
            model.Entities.Add(line);

            DxfWriter.Write("LineType Example.dxf", model);
            DwgWriter.Write("LineType Example.dwg", model);
        }
    }
}

Gets or sets the line weight (default value is ).

A line weight in model space translates to a width in pixels, regardless of zoom level. In paper space the line weight translates to the exact physical width in mm. This property was introduced in value meaning Standard By layer By block 0-211 an integer representing 100th of mm, must be one of the following values: 0, 5, 9, 13, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 53, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 106, 120, 140, 158, 200, 211.

Line type scale (default 1).

Gets or sets whether the entity is visible.

Default is .

Gets whether the entity is in paper space. if in model space.

Default is . CadLib sets this value depending on if the entity is added to a model or paper space When showing model space (see also ), entities in paper space are invisible. When showing paper space, entities in model space are first transformed to paper space as specified by a view port. Entities in paper space are not transformed. When an entity is part of a then this should always be false. Whether the entity is in paper space depends then on whether the referencing the block is in paper space (see also ).

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Gets the control points.

A basic entity edit interactor that works on an entity's control points.

Represents a base interactor for creating/editing an entity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Creates a win forms drawables for this interactor.

Raises the event.

Occurs when the entity changed.

Gets the entity.

Gets the control points.

A drawable for drawing the edit handles for an entity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the interactor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Perform an action after the entity's properties have been updated.

Gets the control point index at mouse down.

Gets the control point index at the mouse position.

Gets the hint to the user about what input the interactor is expecting next.

A default interactor for creating an entity based on its control points.

Represents an interactor for creating an entity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Represents a win forms drawable for the .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Draws this drawable.

Gets the cursor. Returns null if the cursor should remain unchanged.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Call this method when a mouse button is pressed.

Call this method when the mouse moves.

Sets the current control point's position and move on to the next control point.

Perform an action after the entity's properties have been updated.

Gets the control points.

Gets the control point index.

Gets the control point template that is used for e.g. polylines where any arbitrary number of control points can be added.

Gets the control point index at which the entity creation is committed. By default this is the control point count - 1.

Gets the hint to the user about what input the interactor is expecting next.

An interface for control points intended for editing graphical objects.

Sets the control point at the specified index.

Gets the control point at the specified index.

Gets the description of the control point at the specified index. Uses a to look up a culture specific value based on the current UI culture.

Gets the display type.

Creates and inserts a new control point at the specified index.

thrown when is true

Removes the control point at the specified index.

thrown when is true

Gets the count.

Gets a value indicating whether the control point count is fixed. If true then no control points can be added or removed.

Default knot tolerance.

Default control point tolerance.

Default fit tolerance.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Validates the spline.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from the specified spline in the context of the specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Transform the entity.

Creates a create interactor.

Creates an edit interactor.

Draw (only called when ).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when Visible and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Get 3d bspline of given power (3 for cubic, 2 for quadratic).

Gets the control points in the world coordinate system (WCS).

Don't forget to also create . Note that the has no effect on the rendering of the spline.

Gets or sets the control point tolerance.

Default value is .

Gets or sets the degree. Quadratic splines have degree 2, cubic splines have degree 3.

Gets or sets the end tangent (in WCS).

Gets the fit points (in WCS).

Gets or sets the .

Gets or sets the knot parameter.

Gets or sets the fit tolerance.

Default value is .

Gets or sets the flags.

See for usage of . See for usage of .

Gets or sets whether the spline is closed. The default value is false.

This gets or sets the in . A closed spline has just as many knots as an open spline (number of control points + power + 1). The closed spline is rendered just as the open spline but a closing curve is added.

Gets or sets whether the spline is rational.

This gets or sets the in . For a rational splines the control points are weighted by its . When this flag is false the weights are ignored even if present when drawing the spline.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spline is periodic.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spline is planar. The default value is false. When the spline is not planar, the value of is ignored.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spline is linear. The default value is false.

A linear spline is also a planar spline.

Gets the knots. Use method to create default knot values.

When defining a spline the number of knots should be equal to the + number of + 1 (also when the spline is closed).

Gets or sets the knot tolerance.

Default value is .

Gets or sets the start tangent (in WCS).

Gets or sets the control point weights.

If the flag is set weights must be provided. The number of weights must then be the same as the number of control points.

Gets or sets the z-axis. This value is ignored if the spline is not planar (see ).

The z-axis has no effect on the drawing of the splines, because all the control points are defined in world coordinates (WCS).

Gets the expected knot count (.Count + + 1/>).

Gets whether the knots are valid.

Gets whether the weights are valid.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Gets the control points.

An interface for a control point of a graphical object.

Sets the value.

The owner of the control point. The value.

Gets the value.

The owner of the control point.

Gets the description of the control point. Uses a to look up a culture specific value based on the current UI culture.

Gets the display type.

Another spline flags enumeration.

None.

Method fit points.

CV frame show.

Is closed.

Use knot parameter.

Knot parameterization.

Chord.

Square root.

Uniform.

Custom.

Binary group writer (single byte group codes).

Interface for writing groups.

Write given group.

Write given group as Int16.

Needed because some groups are not consistently signed or unsigned (e.g. group 71).

Write given group as UInt16.

Needed because some groups are not consistently signed or unsigned (e.g. group 71).

Write given group as string.

Needed because some handle groups are not consistently a handle (e.g. group 5).

Flush the writer.

Close the writer and underlying stream.

Constructor.

Write a group. See .

Write given group as Int16. See .

Write given group as UInt16. See .

Flushes the writer.

Close the writer and underlying stream.

Represents a dimension style.

Gets or sets the alternate dimensioning suffix (corresponds to the $DIMAPOST header variable).

Gets or sets the alternate unit decimal places (corresponds to the $DIMALTD header variable).

Default is 2.

Gets or sets the use of an alternate unit dimensioning (corresponds to the $DIMALT header variable).

Gets or sets the units format for alternate units of all dimension style families except angular (corresponds to the $DIMALTU header variable).

Default is Decimal.

Gets or sets the alternate unit scale factor. (Default is 1) (corresponds to the $DIMALTF header variable).

Gets or sets the number of decimal places for tolerance values of an alternative units dimension (corresponds to the $DIMALTTD header variable).

Gets or sets the supression of zeros for alternate tolerance values (corresponds to the $DIMALTTZ header variable).

Gets or sets the supression of zeros for alternate unit dimension values (corresponds to the $DIMALTZ header variable).

Gets or sets the rounding of alternate units (corresponds to the $DIMALTRND header variable).

Gets or sets the number of precision digits in angular dimensions (corresponds to the $DIMADEC header variable).

Gets or sets the angular unit.

Gets or sets the controls supression of zeros for angular dimensions (corresponds to the $DIMAZIN header variable).

Gets or sets the arrow block (the block name corresponds to the $DIMBLK header variable).

Gets or sets the arrow size (corresponds to the $DIMASZ header variable).

If is non zero, then diagonal tick marks are drawn in stead of an arrows at the ends of a dimension line. Default size is 0.18.

Gets or sets the fit type for dimension arrows and text if they don't fit between the extension lines. The default value is MoveBoth. This value represents the header variable $DIMATFIT.

Gets or sets the center mark size (corresponds to the $DIMCEN header variable).

Default is 0.09.

Gets or sets the cursor functionality for user positioned text (corresponds to the $DIMUPT header variable).

Gets or sets the number of decimal places for the tolerance values of primary units dimensions (corresponds to the $DIMDEC header variable).

Default value is 4.

Gets or sets the single character decimal separator used when creating dimensions whose unit format is decimal (corresponds to the $DIMDSEP header variable).

Default is a dot.

Gets or sets the extension line color (default is black) (corresponds to the $DIMCLRE header variable).

Gets or sets the extension line extension (corresponds to the $DIMEXE header variable).

Default is 0.18.

Gets or sets the extension line offset (corresponds to the $DIMEXO header variable).

Default is 0.0625.

Gets or sets the extension line weight in 100ths of millimeters (corresponds to the $DIMLWE header variable).

See also for values smaller than zero. For non-negative values this is the line weight in 100ths of millimeters.

Gets or sets the first arrow block (the block name corresponds to the $DIMBLK1 header variable).

Gets or sets whether to generate dimension tolerances (corresponds to the $DIMTOL header variable).

Gets or sets the leader arrow block (the block name corresponds to the $DIMLDRBLK header variable). Supported from onwards.

Gets or sets the dimension limits generation flag (corresponds to the $DIMLIM header variable).

Gets or sets the linear measurements scale factor (corresponds to the $DIMLFAC header variable). The default value is 1.

If the scale factor is negative, then the (positive) scale factor is only applied to paper space dimensions.

Gets or sets the units for all dimension types except angular (corresponds to the $DIMLUNIT header variable). Default value is LinearUnitFormat.Decimal.

To use feet (and/or inches) as linear units, set property to either Architectural (feet and inches) or Engineering (feet and fractional feet).

Gets or sets the fraction format (corresponds to the $DIMFRAC header variable). The default value is .

This value is relevant when the linear unit format is set to architectural or fractional.

Gets or sets the dimension line color (corresponds to the $DIMCLRD header variable). The default value is black.

Gets or sets the dimension line extension (variable $DIMDLE).

This value is only relevant when there are tick marks in stead of arrows at the ends of a dimension line (see ).

Gets or sets the dimension line gap (corresponds to the $DIMGAP header variable).

This is the distance between the dimension text and dimension line when the text cuts the dimension line in two. A value smaller than zero only affects the horizontal distance. A value greather than zero affects both the horizontal and vertical distance. Default is 0.09.

Gets or sets the dimension line increment (corresponds to the $DIMDLI header variable).

Default value is 0.38.

Gets or sets the dimension line weight in 100ths of millimeters (corresponds to the $DIMLWD header variable).

See also for values smaller than zero. For non-negative values this is the line weight in 100ths of millimeters.

Gets or sets the minus tolerance (corresponds to the $DIMTM header variable).

Gets or sets the plus tolerance (corresponds to the $DIMTP header variable).

Gets or sets the general dimension postfix (corresponds to the $DIMPOST header variable).

Gets or sets the rounding value for dimension distances (corresponds to the $DIMRND header variable).

Gets or sets the overall dimension scale factor (corresponds to the $DIMSCALE header variable). The default is 1.

The following properties are scaled by the scale factor: , , , , , , , .

Gets or sets the second arrow block name (the block name corresponds to the $DIMBLK2 header variable).

Gets or sets whether to use seperate arrow blocks (corresponds to the $DIMSAH header variable).

Gets or sets the suppression of first dimension line (corresponds to the $DIMSD1 header variable).

Gets or sets the suppression of first extension line (corresponds to the $DIMSD2 header variable).

Gets or sets the supression outside extensions dimension lines flag (corresponds to the $DIMSOXD header variable).

Gets or sets the suppression of second dimension line (corresponds to the $DIMSD2 header variable).

Gets or sets the suppression of second extension line (corresponds to the $DIMSE2 header variable).

Gets or sets the text above dimension line flag (corresponds to the $DIMTAD header variable).

Gets or sets the horizontal dimension text position (corresponds to the $DIMJUST header variable).

Gets or sets the text color (corresponds to the $DIMCLRT header variable). The default value is black.

Gets or sets the text height (corresponds to the $DIMTXT header variable).

Default value is 0.18. The text height corresponds with the text font's ascent. If the is set and its fixed height is non-zero, then that value overrides the value.

Gets or sets the text inside extensions flag (corresponds to the $DIMTIX header variable).

Gets or sets the force text inside extension flag (corresponds to the $DIMTIH header variable).

Default is .

Gets or sets the dimension text movement rules (corresponds to the $DIMTMOVE header variable).

Gets or sets the force line extensions between extensions flag when the text is outside extensions (corresponds to the $DIMTOFL header variable).

Gets or sets the text outside horizontal flag (corresponds to the $DIMTOH header variable).

Default is .

The text style. By default it is set to the "STANDARD" text style (corresponds to the $DIMTXSTY header variable).

Gets or sets the text vertical position (corresponds to the $DIMTVP header variable).

Gets or sets the tick size (corresponds to the $DIMTSZ header variable).

If non zero, then diagonal tick marks are drawn at the ends of the dimension line. Otherwise arrows of size are drawn. Default size is 0.

Gets or sets the vertical justification for tolerance values (corresponds to the $DIMTOLJ header variable).

Default is Middle.

Gets or sets the tolerance decimal places (corresponds to the $DIMTDEC header variable).

The default value is 4.

Gets or sets the scale factor used to calculate the height for dimension fractions and tolerances (corresponds to the $DIMTFAC header variable). The default value is 1.

Gets or sets the supression of zeros for tolerance values (corresponds to the $DIMTZIN header variable).

Gets or sets the supression of zeros for primary unit values (corresponds to the $DIMZIN header variable).

Gets or sets the fixed length of the extension line (corresponds to DIMFXL system variable). The default value is 1. The value is in effect only if is true.

This property was introduced in .

Gets or sets whether the extension line length is fixed (corresponds to the DIMFXLON system variable). See also .

This property was introduced in .

Gets or sets the jogged radius dimension transverse segment angle (radians). This property corresponse to the DIMJOGANG system variable. The angle should be in between the radian equivalents of 5 and 90 degrees. The default value is 0.7853981633974483 (45 degrees).

This property was introduced in .

Gets or sets the dimension text background fill mode. This property corresponse to the DIMTFILL system variable. The default value is .

This property was introduced in .

Gets or sets the color of the dimension text background. This property corresponse to the DIMTFILLCLR system variable. This setting is in effect when is set to .

This property was introduced in .

Gets or sets the arc length symbol position. This property corresponse to the DIMARCSYM system variable. The default value is .

This property was introduced in .

Represents the dimension text background color.

No background color is used.

In this mode the drawing background color is used.

In this mode, is used as the dimension text background.

Controls the arc length symbol position in an arc length dimension.

Before the dimension text (default).

Above the dimension text.

Don't display the arc length symbol.

This class was related to a before R15 (only used in the DWG format, not DXF). From R15 onwards the layout object replaces this object.

This object doesn't really do anything, but just exists for administrative purposes.

Accept the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

source object specifies what to do when a reference to e.g. a line type is missing. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the name.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this viewport is externally dependent.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this viewport is a resolved external reference, or dependent of an external reference (ignored on input).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this viewport is a referenced by at least one entity in the drawing.

Gets or sets whether the viewport is on (not ).

Gets or sets the viewport.

Gets or sets the flags.

Governs the generation of linetype patterns around the vertices of a 2D polyline.

Each segment of the polyline starts and ends with a dash.

Linetype is generated in a continuous pattern around vertices of the polyline.

Visitor interface for instances.

Visits the specified object.

Plot settings.

This object was introduced in release 15.

Base object for objects in the DXF OBJECTS section. An object have no graphical or geometrical meaning.

Objects are similar to entities, except that they have no graphical or geometric meaning. All objects that are not entities (namespace or symbol table records or symbol tables (namespace ) are stored in this section.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets whether this object is supported in given model version.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified plot settings in the context of the specified target model.

Gets or sets the page setup name.

Gets or sets the name of system printer or plot configuration file.

Gets or sets the paper size name.

Gets or sets the plot view name.

Gets the unprintable margin on left side of paper (in millimeters).

Gets the unprintable margin on right side of paper (in millimeters).

Gets the unprintable margin on bottom side of paper (in millimeters).

Gets the unprintable margin on top side of paper (in millimeters).

Gets or sets the paper size (in millimeters).

Gets or sets the plot origin (in millimeters).

Gets or sets the plot window area.

Gets or sets the numerator of custom print scale: real world (paper) units.

The default value is 1. The unit of this number is determined by PlotPaperUnits

Gets or sets the denominator of custom print scale: drawing units.

Default value is 1.

Gets or sets the plot layout flags.

Gets or sets the plot paper units. This specifies the units of the .

Gets or sets the plot rotation.

Gets or sets the plot type.

Gets or sets the current style sheet.

Gets or sets the standard scale type.

value description 0 Scaled to fit 1 1/128"=1' 2 1/64"=1' 3 1/32"=1' 4 1/16"=1' 5 3/32"=1' 6 1/8"=1' 7 3/16"=1' 8 1/4"=1' 9 3/8"=1' 10 1/2"=1' 11 3/4"=1' 12 1"=1' 13 3"=1' 14 6"=1' 15 1'=1' 16 1:1 17 1:2 18 1:4 19 1:8 20 1:10 21 1:16 22 1:20 23 1:30 24 1:40 25 1:50 26 1:100 27 2:1 28 4:1 29 8:1 30 10:1 31 100:1 32 1000:1

Gets or sets the shade plot mode.

Gets or sets the shade plot resolution.

Gets or sets the ShadePlot custom DPI: Valid range: 100 to 32767.

Only applied when the ShadePlot resolution level is set to Custom.

Gets or sets the standard scale factor.

Default value is 1.

Gets or sets the paper image origin.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Plot layout flags.

None.

Plot viewport borders.

Show plot styles.

Plot centered.

Plot hidden.

Use standard scale.

Plot plot styles.

Scale line weights.

Print line weights.

Draw viewports first.

model type.

Update paper.

Zoom to paper on update.

Initializing.

Previous plot init.

Plot paper units.

Inches.

Millimeters.

Pixels.

Plot rotation.

None.

90 degrees counter clockwise.

180 degrees.

90 degrees clockwise.

Plot type.

Last screen display.

Drawing extents.

Drawing limits.

Specified by .

Specified by plot window area ().

Layout information.

Shade plot resolution level.

Draft.

Preview.

Normal.

Presentation.

Maximum.

Custom.

A table cell style, as used in .

Represents a table cell content format.

Gets the text height if this content format overrides text height, or text style and the text style has a fixed height.

Scales me.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Clones this object.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

source object specifies what to do when a reference to e.g. a line type is missing. If overridden, subclass must call base method. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the text style.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override text style.

Gets or sets the text height.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override text height.

Gets or sets the cell alignment. The default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override cell alignment.

Gets or sets the content color.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override content color.

Gets the cell format. The default value is an instance of .

Gets or sets the rotation angle (in radians).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override rotation.

Gets or sets the block scale. The default value is 1.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override block scale.

Gets or sets the property override flags.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto scale is on. The default value is false.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override auto scale.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance cell style has data. The default value is false.

This cell style's data will only be written to file when this flag is true. It is automatically set to true when a property is changed.

Gets or sets the data flags (0 = no data, 1 = has data).

Gets or sets the property flags.

Cell style name for the title cell style.

Cell style name for the header cell style.

Cell style name for the data cell style.

Sets the line weight for all borders (see also ).

Sets the line type for all borders.

Sets the border type for all borders.

Sets the visible property for all borders.

Sets the color for all borders.

Sets the spacing for all borders.

Gets the text height. If the text style has a fixed height, then that height is used, otherwise the is returned.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

If overridden, subclass must call base method. source object specifies what to do when a reference to e.g. a line type is missing. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Gets or sets the name.

Gets or sets the fill color.

Also sets property .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override the fill color.

Gets or sets the ID. This property is used internally, there is no need to set this property.

Gets or sets the type of the cell. The default value is Label.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to merge cells on creation. The default value is false.

Gets or sets the flow direction.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override the flow direction.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether background color enabled.

Gets or sets the horizontal margin. The default value is 0.06.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override the horizontal margin.

Gets or sets the vertical margin. The default value is 0.06.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override the vertical margin.

Gets or sets the property override flags.

Gets or sets the content layout flags.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to override the content layout flags.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance cell style has margin overrides. The default value is false.

When set to true the margins (, ) will be written to file, otherwise they will not be written.

Gets or sets the inside horizontal border.

Gets or sets the inside vertical border.

Gets or sets the top border.

Gets or sets the right border.

Gets or sets the bottom border.

Gets or sets the left border.

Gets or sets the rotation angle (in radians).

Gets or sets the block scale. The default value is 1.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto scale is on. The default value is false.

Gets or sets the cell alignment. The default value is .

Gets or sets the content color.

Gets or sets the text style.

Gets or sets the text height.

Gets or sets the margin override flags (0 = no overrides, 1 = has overrides).

Represents a collection of elements.

Duplicate color book name/color name combinations may exist.

Gets the color that matches specified color book name and color name.

Get the color for a given key.

Color key. Color for the or null if there is none.

Represents a handle type.

Values of 6 and greater represent a soft pointer.

None.

Soft ownership reference handle type (2).

The owner does not need the owned object. The owned object cannot exist by itself.

Hard ownership reference (3).

The owner needs the owned object. The owned object cannot exist by itself.

Soft pointer reference (4).

The referencing object does not need the referenced object and vice versa.

Hard pointer reference (5).

The referencing object needs the referenced object, but both are owned by another object.

Represents the fraction format when the linear unit format is set to architectural or fractional.

Horizontal stacking.

Diagonal stacking.

Not stacked.

Small part of a text with constant settings.

Constructor.

text transformation (size, slant, insertion point)

Draw the text and possible linings to the given drawer.

drawer to draw to transformation to draw this chunk under extrusion in z, usually 0.0

Draw only the text but no linings to the given drawer.

drawer to draw to transformation to draw this chunk under extrusion in z, usually 0.0

Draw only the linings to the given drawer.

drawer to draw to transformation to draw this chunk under extrusion in z, usually 0.0

Add a line to this text.

start point end point

Add a line to this text.

Add a more complex lining to this text.

lining

Assumes the text is relatively small and doesn't deform non-linearly because of specified transformer.

Get the text.

Get the text's insert position in the entity CS.

The insert position defines the start of the baseline of the text

Get the transformation used to insert this text.

Get the font of the text.

Get the color of the text.

Get additional linings.

Linings may be underlines, overlines or fraction lines. They are given in the coordinate system of the text, therefore the has to be applied.

The path as defined by the font.

This has to be transformed by the to be correct.

Represents a cell geometry (for internal use only).

This class is used internally only, this class is not intended to be created/modified by the user. This class was introduced in AutoCAD 2008.

Clones this object.

Copies the contents from specified object.

Gets or sets the flags.

Gets or sets the width with gap.

Gets or sets the height with gap.

Gets or sets the object.

Gets the cell geometry data collection.

Extended data (xdata) is arbitrary data that can be associated with an entity. The extended data has an to identify which application wrote the data.

Note that the application name used in the extended data must be present in DxfModel.AppIds or the written DXF file won't be valid! An example of how to write/read a DXF file containing an extended data.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class DxfExtendedDataTest {
        public void TestWriteRead() {
            // Create and write a model with extended data.
            {
                DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf15);

                // App id must be known before it can be used in extended data.
                DxfAppId appIdPeUrl = new DxfAppId("PE_URL");
                model.AppIds.Add(appIdPeUrl);

                DxfLine line = new DxfLine(new Point2D(1d, 0d), new Point2D(3d, 2d));
                DxfExtendedData extendedData = new DxfExtendedData(appIdPeUrl);
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String("line1.html"));
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String(string.Empty));
                StringBuilder longString = new StringBuilder(2000);
                for (int i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
                    longString.Append("0123456789");
                }
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String(longString.ToString()));
                extendedData.Values.Add(new DxfExtendedData.String("Another string."));
                line.ExtendedDataCollection.Add(extendedData);
                model.Entities.Add(line);
                DxfWriter.Write("ExtendedData Example.dxf", model, false);
                DwgWriter.Write("ExtendedDataTest.dwg", model);
            }

            Console.WriteLine("Read from DXF");

            // Read a model with extended data.
            {
                DxfModel model = DxfReader.Read("ExtendedData Example.dxf");
                DxfAppId appIdPeUrl = model.AppIds["PE_URL"];
                foreach (DxfEntity entity in model.Entities) {
                    DxfExtendedData extendedData = entity.ExtendedDataCollection[appIdPeUrl];
                    if (extendedData != null) {
                        foreach (IExtendedDataValue value in extendedData.Values) {
                            Console.WriteLine(value.ToString());
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            Console.WriteLine("Read from DWG");

            // Read a model with extended data.
            {
                DxfModel model = DwgReader.Read("ExtendedDataTest.dwg");
                DxfAppId appIdPeUrl = model.AppIds["PE_URL"];
                foreach (DxfEntity entity in model.Entities) {
                    DxfExtendedData extendedData = entity.ExtendedDataCollection[appIdPeUrl];
                    if (extendedData != null) {
                        foreach (IExtendedDataValue value in extendedData.Values) {
                            Console.WriteLine(value.ToString());
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

DxfHandledObject.ExtendedDataCollection

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The application id used in the extended data must be present in DxfModel.AppIds or the written DXF file is not valid. The application ID.

Internal constructor.

application id value collection

Creates a deep copy of this object.

deep copy or null depending on Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the application id.

The application id used in the extended data must be present in DxfModel.AppIds or the written DXF file is not valid.

Gets the values. Note that an instance can contain nested child instances.

A string value for .

Empty interface definition to identify extended data values. See also .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the value.

A opening/closing bracket value for .

Normally CadLib interprets brackets and creates nested instances for the data enclosed in the brackets. However for files for which the brackets don't match correctly, this cannot be done, and CadLib reverts to representing the brackets as is. When creating extended data programmatically, use of is preferred as it ensures correctly matched brackets.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Whether this instance represents a closing bracket (otherwise it represents an opening bracket).

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets Whether this instance represents a closing bracket (otherwise it represents an opening bracket).

A layer name value for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the value.

A binary data value for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the value.

A database handle value for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the value.

Three values that can be used as a point or vector.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The x-coordinate. The y-coordinate. The z-coordinate.

Creates a instance from this object's coordinates.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the X-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Y-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Z-coordinate.

A world space position object. Its coordinates are scaled, rotated, and mirrored with the entity of which the extended data is part. Also the point is stretched when the STRETCH command is applied to the entity and the point lies within the select window.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The x-coordinate. The y-coordinate. The z-coordinate.

Creates a instance from this object's coordinates.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the X-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Y-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Z-coordinate.

A world space position object. Its coordinates are scaled, rotated, and mirrored with the entity of which the extended data is part. The point is NOT moved or stretched when the STRETCH command is applied to the entity and the point lies within the select window.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The x-coordinate. The y-coordinate. The z-coordinate.

Creates a instance from this object's coordinates.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the X-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Y-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Z-coordinate.

A 3D point that is rotated and mirrored with the entity of which the extended data is part (but is not moved, scaled, or stretched).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The x-coordinate. The y-coordinate. The z-coordinate.

Creates a instance from this object's coordinates.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the X-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Y-coordinate.

Gets or sets the Z-coordinate.

A value for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the value.

A distance value for . The value is scaled with the parent entity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

A scale factor value for . The scale factor is scaled along with the parent entity. The difference between a distance and a scale factor is application-defined.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

A value for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the value.

A value for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The value.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the value.

A value collection that contains instances. The collection itself is also a instance, so the collection may be nested.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. collection is null.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The capacity.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get a deep copy of the value.

cloneContext for resolve of already available objects clone Thrown when reference to an DxfAppId is missing (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Represents a collection of anonymous elements. Block names do not have to be unique.

Gets the first with specified name (using case insenstive comparison).

Tries getting a block with specified name (using case insenstive comparison).

Determines whether this collection contains a block with the specified block name (using case insenstive comparison).

Determines whether this collection contains a block with the specified handle.

Gets the block with specified handle. Returns null if not present.

Represents linked data for a table cell.

This class was introduced in AutoCAD 2008. Linked data is not yet supported.

Gets or sets the data link. Not yet supported.

Gets or sets the row count.

Gets or sets the column count.

Represents the dynamic block properties table parameter.

Only single table per block.

Represents the dynamic block single point parameter.

Base class for parameters which control at least one point.

Represents the base class for all dynamic block parameters.

Represents the base class for all dynamic block elements.

Represents the base class for all connectable nodes of eval graph.

Represents the base class for all evaluation graph related classes.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. The original and cloned object are stored in the clone context. The second time the Clone method is called, the clone from the first call is found in the clone context and returned. So for each new clone a new CloneContext instance has to be used. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the attached data.

Gets or sets the major version. Default value is 29.

Gets or sets the eval graph node id.

Gets or sets the minor version. Default value is 6.

Gets or sets the field with unknon meaning. Default value is -1.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the user friendly name of the element.

Gets or sets the major version. Default value is 29.

Gets or sets the minor version. Default value is 6.

Gets or sets the field with unknown meaning. Default value is 0.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets the show proterties flag. Default value is true.

Control that showing of parameter in property window.

Gets the show chain actions flag. Default value is false.

Define the behavour of parameter if parameter is in selection set for some action. If true, parameter wil be changed and linked action will be executed. if false action owner of selection set will not modify the parameter.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the base point.

Gets or sets the grip point id.

Gets or sets the first property.

Properties by X coordinate.

Gets or sets the second property.

Properties by Y coordinate.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the column definition for table.

Size is equal to the count of columns in table.

Gets or sets the node id.

Gets or sets the node id for Data columns.

In fact part of Data. Each column may have accotiated node id.

Gets or sets the table data.

Data[i][j]. i number of comumns, j number of rows.

Gets or sets the table name.

Gets or sets the description of table.

Gets or sets the unknow 1. Default value is 0.

Specifies whether the properties added to the grid control can be modified individually for a block reference. Default value is false.

Gets or sets the unknow flag 2. Default value is false.

Gets or sets the unknow flag 3. Default value is false.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the dynamic block flip grip.

Base class for all types of dynamic block grip points.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the insert position of the grip point.

Gets or sets the 1st grip expression id.

Grip point via Expression connected with Parameter.

Gets or sets the 2nd grip expression id.

Grip point via Expression connected with Parameter.

Gets or sets the cycling flag. Default value is false.

This flag controls visibility of grip point. Grip point will not be visible if flag is false.

Gets or sets the cycling weight. Default value is 0.

Control the order of Cycling during selection.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the orientation vector.

Gets or sets the 1st flip expression id.

Flip grid linked to flip parameter via expression.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the dynamic block base class for "angle" actions.

Base class for DxfBlockMoveAction, DxfBlockPolarStretchAction, DxfBlockStretchAction.

Represents the base class for the dynamic block actions.

Action defines how the dynamic block will be changed in case if some dynamic block parameter modified. Action typically assigned with set of Parameters and with set of database geometry. Also key point of action relative to Parameters should be specified (in this position action icon will be shown)

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the position of action icon insert.

Gets or sets the attached dynamic block elements (typically accociated parameters).

Gets or sets the attached database entities list. This geometry will be modified by action if accotiated parameter modified.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Some of actions have special field in case of assotiated with XY parameter.

Used in derived classes.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the scale type. Default value is ScaleTypeXY.XY.

Field used only if action linked with XY parameter. If value is X, it means that block can be moved only in X direction.

Gets or sets the distance coefficient. Default value is 1.

If you change the distace parameter, linked DXF entities will be moved by distance x DistanceCoefficient. So if DistanceCoefficient is 2, moving of grip by 1 will lead to moving of geometry by 2.

Gets or sets the angle offset. Default value is 0.

Offset for angle parameter. If it set to 90 and parameter is 10 geometry will be rotated by 100.

Gets or sets the unknown1. Default value is 0.

Field used only if action linked with XY parameter and scale type is X or Y.

Gets or sets the unknown2. Default value is 0.

Field used only if action linked with XY parameter and scale type is Y.

Represents a header.

Gets or sets the signature.

Gets or sets the name (7 bytes).

Gets or sets the segment index.

Unknown1.

Gets or sets the segment size.

Unknown2.

Gets or sets the data storage revision.

Unknown 3.

Gets or sets the system data alignment offset.

Gets or sets the system data local offset (is equal to multiplied by 0x10).

Gets or sets the object data alignment offset.

Gets or sets the object data local offset (is equal to multiplied by 0x10).

Wrapper for which takes care of clipping.

Interface for classes which know how to display a path.

Draw a path.

path to draw transformation used on path color used for path The line weight. fill the path? is this a path created from a text? either 0 or the extrusion in z direction before transformation

Draw a path for a character.

path to draw. Is assumed to be the same shape instance for the same character of a font so based on this it can be used as a key for e.g. a cache lookup. transformation used on path color used for path The line weight. fill the path? either 0 or the extrusion in z direction before transformation

Is this drawer gaining from drawing separate chars rather than drawing complete strings?

Usually a complete string is draw as one path. Splitting this into single paths for each letter is an order N algorithm (N being the number of letters), so if the drawer works with less effiency depending on the number of paths/points involved (N log N or worse) it should return true here. But be sure to test both cases with a TTF text intensive file because sometimes the memory overhead of creating all new paths eat up the gain. true if this drawer gains from small filled paths, false otherwise

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The clipping transformer. The wrapped path drawer.

Draw a path.

path to draw transformation used on path color used for path The line weight. fill the path? is this a path created from a text? either 0 or the extrusion in z direction before transformation

Draw a path for a character.

Is this drawer gaining from drawing separate chars rather than drawing complete strings?

Static helper methods for SAT handling.

Factor used for major part of version number.

Calculate the SAT version from its major and minor part.

major version number minor version number complete version number

Get the mayor part from a SAT version number.

SAT version number mayor part

Get the minor part from a SAT version number.

SAT version number minor part

Create a reader for a SAT file content.

The returned reader is put behind the version number and ready to be used by the constructor accepting just an argument. entity resolver sub-entity resolver SAT file content SAT file reader

Create a reader for a SAB file content.

The returned reader is put behind the version number and ready to be used by the constructor accepting just an argument. entity resolver sub-entity resolver SAB file content SAB file reader

Create a writer for a SAT file content.

entity resolver sub-entity resolver SAT file content SAT file writer

Create a writer for a SAB file content.

The returned writer is put behind the version number and ready to be used by the constructor accepting just an argument. entity resolver sub-entity resolver SAB file content SAB file writer

Get a value mapped into the interval [0, periodicy[ if the interval is periodic.

extended interval value mapped value

Get a point mapped into the intervals if the intervals are periodic.

Interval for X values Interval for Y values point to map mapped ppint

Get the intersection polylines of boundary polylines with possibly periodic intervals.

interval in x interval in y outer boundaries inner boundaries is the coordinate system right-handed? accuracy epsilon result of the intersection

Map a shape consisting of polygons to a possibly periodic interval.

boundary polygons is the coordinate system right-handed? is this an outer boundary? interval in x interval in y accuracy epsilon result of the mapping

Read a 3D point from a reader.

reader to read from 3D point

Helper struct.

SAT tcoedge entity.

SAT coedge entity.

Class only inserted to allow for reading new reference introduced in .

Basic interface for everything which can appear in a SAT file.

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Basic interface for SAT entities with name... "cone"

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The entity index.

The attribute reference.

Another value (whatever?).

Used as a base for other classes?

This is a workaround for the stupid definition of Curve and Surface which expect their data at the end of the data of the extending class.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Most entities are not registered directly to a SAT file. SAT file to register to

Collect all wires belonging to this entity.

indexed wireframe collection where to add wires

Mark that this object is used as a base.

Get the collection of entities which starts with a given entity.

entity to start with (may be null which will result in an empty list) collection of entities starting with

Get a collection of special entities which starts with a given entity.

entity to start with (may be null which will result in an empty list) entity filter to decide which entities are accepted into the list filtered collection of entities starting with

Collect all wires belonging to a list of entities.

entity to start with (may be null) wireframe collection where to collect

Get/set the index of this entity.

Get/set the attribute.

Unknown value with unknown purpose.

Get the next entity of the same type if this entity is a member in a list.

Returns null if this entity is not in a list or if it is the last member of the list

Is this object used as a base?

Decide whether an entity is accepted.

entity to check true if the entity is accepted, false if it is not accepted

Reference to pattern.

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Another entity reference, purpose unknown.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Pointer to next coedge.

Pointer to previous coedge.

Pointer to partner coedge.

Pointer to edge on which coedge lies.

Is the direction reversed in respect to edge enumeration?

Pointer to loop or wire to which coedge belongs.

Pointer to pcurve (not as a SatPCurve, because we don't know how to read one).

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Collect all wires belonging to this entity.

indexed wireframe collection where to add wires

Get the next coedge in the loop.

Get the previous coedge in the loop.

Get the partner coedge.

Get the edge bounding this coedge.

Is the direction of this coedge reversed?

Get the loop or wire to which this coedge belongs.

Get the parametric curve associated with this coedge.

Get the start vertex.

This takes care whether the coedge is reversed or not.

Get the end vertex.

This takes care whether the coedge is reversed or not.

Get the start point.

This takes care whether the coedge is reversed or not.

Get the end point.

This takes care whether the coedge is reversed or not.

Get the start location.

This takes care whether the coedge is reversed or not.

Get the end location.

This takes care whether the coedge is reversed or not.

Get the next entity of the same type if this entity is a member in a list.

Returns null if this entity is not in a list or if it is the last member of the list

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Pointer to next coedge.

Pointer to previous coedge.

Pointer to 3d curve.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

SAT shell entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Pointer to next shell.

Pointer to first subshell.

Pointer to first face.

Pointer to first wire.

Pointer to lump containing this shell.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Collect all wires belonging to this entity.

indexed wireframe collection where to add wires

Get the next entity of the same type if this entity is a member in a list.

Returns null if this entity is not in a list or if it is the last member of the list

Get the next shell.

Get the first subshell belonging to this shell.

Get the first face belonging to this shell.

Get the first wire belonging to this shell.

Get the lump to which this shell belongs.

Get the top level subshells belonging to this shell.

Get the faces belonging to this shell.

Get the wires belonging to this shell.

SAT curve entity.

A curve which can present an approximation.

Add approximated points of this curve to an approximation.

loop to which this curve belongs curve to which this primitive belongs coedge associated with curve approximation desired accuracy of approximation

The tag name used in a SAT file.

The curve primitive.

Read the curve data.

reader to read from

Write the curve data.

writer to write from

This method should be overwritten in extending classes to create the correct kind of curve primitive.

newly created and initialized curve primitive

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Add approximated points of this curve to an approximation.

loop to which this curve belongs curve to which this primitive belongs coedge associated with curve approximation desired accuracy of approximation

Get the curve primitive.

Is this curve reversed?

To be overwritten.

SAT Rh background entity.

SAT Rh entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

SAT Rh background entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

B-spline curve or surface type

B-spline curve or surface type strings.

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

B-spline curve or surface type.

SAT sub surface primitives.

SAT base class for Spline surface sub surface primitives.

SAT base class for SAT sub-entities.

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to its stored format.

writer to write to

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Approximation save level.

Summary level information.

Version of sub surface data stream.

True\False boolean flag. The meaning of flag is unknown.

Dictionary for SAT sub curves creation.

Approximation level strings.

Curve open state strings.

Singularity state strings.

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

Approximation level.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Straight line curve primitive.

SAT curve primitive.

The interval.

Dictionary for SAT curve primitives creation.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Read the basic curve data from its stored format.

reader to read from on format errors

Write the basic curve data to writer.

writer to write to on format errors

Add approximated points of this curve to an approximation.

loop to which this curve belongs curve to which this primitive belongs coedge associated with curve approximation desired accuracy of approximation

Get the interval of this curve.

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the basic curve data from its stored format.

reader to read from on format errors

Write the basic curve data to writer.

writer to write to

Add approximated points of this curve to an approximation.

loop to which this curve belongs curve to which this primitive belongs coedge associated with curve approximation desired accuracy of approximation

The tag name used in a SAT file.

The next attribute in the chain.

The prev attribute in the chain.

The own entity.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

The list of linked edges.

The helper to bind indexes to entitis.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Pointer to egde which uses vertex.

Vertex type.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Static class used to hold various constants.

Return value used for non-periodic intervals.

The end-of-record marker.

Special EOF marker in SAT file.

Index for null pointer.

The end-of-record marker as a string.

The version at which the start parameter and end parameter values of edges were removed from the save file, and recomputed if required.

The version at which LUMPs were introduced, to subdivide bodies into disjoined connected regions.

The version at which curve types were first output to the save file as character strings instead of integers.

The version at which surface types were first output to the save file as character strings instead of integers.

The version at which subtypes of intcurves were defined requiring classification in the save file.

The version at which subtypes of splines were defined requiring classification in the save file.

The version at which pointers were first distinguished from integers in text files by a dollar sign.

The version at which sharable objects like int_cur and spl_sur were first surrounded by curly braces, and could be shared in the save file.

The version at which blend attributes lost their ?form? integer value (which was always zero, and so redundant).

The version at which parameter curves may have the defining parameter curve and surface in either slot 1 or 2.

The version at which pcurves may have different subtypes, and so need a type code.

The version at which faces may be double?sided, either free sheets or embedded in material.

The version at which logical values are written to the save file as 'T' or 'F' instead of as integers.

The version at which coedges were first expected to be sorted clockwise around the edge.

The version at which intervals could be (semi?)infinite, and so require different save file format.

The version at which curves have a subset range to bound them within their natural range.

The version at which surfaces have a subset range to bound them within their natural range.

The version at which multiple entities can be saved into a single save file unit (as opposed to multiple self?contained sections of a file).

The version in which save and restore started using a FileInterface object to do the io.

The version in which ?Wire Booleans? were implemented, requiring extensions to the data structure.

The version in which ?3D eye refinements? were implemented.

Version in which the History Manager was introduced

The version in which ?Safe Ranges? for intcurves were implemented, requiring an extra field in the data structure.

The version which introduced angled cross curves at the ends of face?face blends, requiring extra fields in ATTRIB_FFBLEND.

The version at which advanced blending facilities were first made available.

The version where the enum values were started being saved as string.

The version where the save/restore of logicals, enums was made consistent

The version where the additional header information was added

The version where the mesh classes were added

The version where extended curves and surfaces were introduced.

The version where coedges were given sense enumeration strings.

The version at which Skin/Loft surfaces have a subset range to bound them within their natural range.

The version in which adv_var_blend attributes output a logical specifying if two radii functions are used

The version in which laws first where added to ACIS

The version in which reflection of offset_spl_surs was handled

The version in which discontinuity information was stored in int_curs and spl_surs

The version in which taper_spl_surs came into existence

The version in which taper_spl_surs were split into derived classes

The version in which net surface was added to ACIS

The version in which law curves and surfaces where added to ACIS

The version at which cones have a new member, representing the scaling factor of the u parameter.

The version in which laws in lofts where added to ACIS

The version in which refinement ?min_u_grid_lines and min_v_grid_lines? were added.

The version at which vertex blend attributes were given a new member describing the method of auto setback calculation, if any.

The version at which the true rolling?ball envelope surface was introduced for var_blend_spl_sur?s.

The version in which ellipse offset with an ellipse base curve so that they will extend the ellipse and not linearly.

The version at which Tolerant Modeling was introduced.

The version in which approximating geometry could be stored in summary form.

The version at which a scaling factor was saved for tapers.

The version at which lazy b-splines were introduced.

The version at which multi?surfaces were introduced to Deformable Modelling

The version at which link constraint color persistence was introduced to Deformable Modelling

The version at which Skin/Loft surfaces error should be recalculated so that the intersector will not box out valid skin intersections.

The version at which the fact whether the ruled taper was ruled in u or in v was saved for tapers.

new filed was added to ruled taper surface

Multiple changes to DM SAT file in 6.0 including point tangent constraints and saving of default shapes

The version in which pcurves in lofts where added to ACIS

The version in which an EELIST saves its owner and ownership policy

The version in which an copy action was removed

The version in which an ANNOTATION saves whether members are hooked

The version in which patterns were added to ACIS

The version in which tags were added to ENTITYs

The version at which strings were first distinguished in text files by a @ sign.

The version in which net law surface were added to ACIS

The version in which the 'bulletin' and 'bulletin_board' strings were removed from the history portion of the save file.

The version in which there's extra entity data contained in the file. Attention: this is a guess!

The version in which there's an extra integer value in a vertex. Attention: this is a guess!

Exact definition for 21200

Exact definition for 21500

Exact definition for 21600

Exact definition for 21700

Exact definition for 21800

Exact definition for 20800

Exact definition for 106

Exact definition for 201

Exact definition for 200

Exact definition for 400

Exact definition for 500

An interval which can be defined on a periodic geometry.

An interval with a start and an end value, possibly unbound at either start or end.

Get the start value of the interval.

Get the end value of the interval.

Are both ends unbound?

Is the interval start unbound?

Is the interval end unbound.

Is this interval periodic?

Get the periodic length. Only valid for periodic intervals.

Represents a class for writing a model to an AutoCAD DXF file.

Supported versions for writing are currently DXF versions 12, 13, 14, 15 (AutoCAD 2000), 18 (AutoCAD 2004), 21 (AutoCAD 2007), 24 (AutoCAD 2010) and 27 (AutoCAD 2013). See also . Below is an example of how to create and write a DXF file.


using System;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfWriteTest {
    class DxfWriteTest {
        /// <summary>
        /// Example of how to create a line, circle, text.
        /// </summary>
        private static void SimpleWriteTestR12() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf12);

            // Line.
            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), new Point3D(-11d, -3.9d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(line1);

            // Circle.
            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle.Color = EntityColors.Green;
            model.Entities.Add(circle);
            
            // Invisible blue circle.
            DxfCircle circle2 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(3d, -4d, 3d), 4d);
            circle2.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            circle2.Visible = false;
            model.Entities.Add(circle2);
            
            // Extruded circle with line type.
            DxfLineType lineType = 
                new DxfLineType(
                    "SpecialLineType", 
                    "description", 
                    new double[] {0.5d, -0.3d, 0, -0.3d}
                );
            model.LineTypes.Add(lineType);
            DxfCircle circle3 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(0d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle3.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            circle3.LineType = lineType;
            circle3.Thickness = 0.4;
            model.Entities.Add(circle3);

            // Arc.
            DxfArc arc = new DxfArc(new Point3D(20d, -4d, 3d), 9d, Math.PI * 0.2d, Math.PI * 1.7d);
            arc.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            model.Entities.Add(arc);

            // Text.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfText("Text", new Point3D(0d, 14d, 0d), 1d));
            
            // Extruded text.
            DxfText text2 = new DxfText("Extruded text", new Point3D(0d, 12d, 0d), 1d);
            text2.Thickness = 0.4d;
            model.Entities.Add(text2);
            
            // Text with custom text style.
            DxfTextStyle textStyle = new DxfTextStyle("MYSTYLE", "arial.ttf");
            model.TextStyles.Add(textStyle);
            DxfText text3 = new DxfText("Text in Arial font", new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d), 1d);
            text3.Thickness = 0.4d;
            text3.Style = textStyle;
            model.Entities.Add(text3);

            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-ascii.dxf", model, false);
            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-bin.dxf", model, true);
        }

        public static void Main(string[] args) {
            try {
                SimpleWriteTestR12();
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

the stream to write to. the model to write. whether to write binary or ascii. Supported versions for writing are currently DXF versions 12, 13, 14, 15 (AutoCAD 2000), 18 (AutoCAD 2004), 21 (AutoCAD 2007), and 24 (AutoCAD 2010) See also . thrown when an attempting to write an unsupported DXF version.

Write the specified model.

Before writing is called to check if the model is valid. When it is not valid a is thrown with a list of messages. the filename of the file to write to. the model to write. whether to write binary or ascii. An example of how to create and write a dxf file.


using System;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfWriteTest {
    class DxfWriteTest {
        /// <summary>
        /// Example of how to create a line, circle, text.
        /// </summary>
        private static void SimpleWriteTestR12() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf12);

            // Line.
            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), new Point3D(-11d, -3.9d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(line1);

            // Circle.
            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle.Color = EntityColors.Green;
            model.Entities.Add(circle);
            
            // Invisible blue circle.
            DxfCircle circle2 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(3d, -4d, 3d), 4d);
            circle2.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            circle2.Visible = false;
            model.Entities.Add(circle2);
            
            // Extruded circle with line type.
            DxfLineType lineType = 
                new DxfLineType(
                    "SpecialLineType", 
                    "description", 
                    new double[] {0.5d, -0.3d, 0, -0.3d}
                );
            model.LineTypes.Add(lineType);
            DxfCircle circle3 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(0d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle3.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            circle3.LineType = lineType;
            circle3.Thickness = 0.4;
            model.Entities.Add(circle3);

            // Arc.
            DxfArc arc = new DxfArc(new Point3D(20d, -4d, 3d), 9d, Math.PI * 0.2d, Math.PI * 1.7d);
            arc.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            model.Entities.Add(arc);

            // Text.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfText("Text", new Point3D(0d, 14d, 0d), 1d));
            
            // Extruded text.
            DxfText text2 = new DxfText("Extruded text", new Point3D(0d, 12d, 0d), 1d);
            text2.Thickness = 0.4d;
            model.Entities.Add(text2);
            
            // Text with custom text style.
            DxfTextStyle textStyle = new DxfTextStyle("MYSTYLE", "arial.ttf");
            model.TextStyles.Add(textStyle);
            DxfText text3 = new DxfText("Text in Arial font", new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d), 1d);
            text3.Thickness = 0.4d;
            text3.Style = textStyle;
            model.Entities.Add(text3);

            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-ascii.dxf", model, false);
            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-bin.dxf", model, true);
        }

        public static void Main(string[] args) {
            try {
                SimpleWriteTestR12();
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
        }
    }
}

Thrown when model is invalid.

Write the specified model to an ASCII DXF file.

The stream to write to. the model to write. Before writing is called to check if the model is valid. When it is not valid a is thrown with a list of messages. An example of how to create and write a dxf file.


using System;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfWriteTest {
    class DxfWriteTest {
        /// <summary>
        /// Example of how to create a line, circle, text.
        /// </summary>
        private static void SimpleWriteTestR12() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf12);

            // Line.
            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), new Point3D(-11d, -3.9d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(line1);

            // Circle.
            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle.Color = EntityColors.Green;
            model.Entities.Add(circle);
            
            // Invisible blue circle.
            DxfCircle circle2 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(3d, -4d, 3d), 4d);
            circle2.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            circle2.Visible = false;
            model.Entities.Add(circle2);
            
            // Extruded circle with line type.
            DxfLineType lineType = 
                new DxfLineType(
                    "SpecialLineType", 
                    "description", 
                    new double[] {0.5d, -0.3d, 0, -0.3d}
                );
            model.LineTypes.Add(lineType);
            DxfCircle circle3 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(0d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle3.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            circle3.LineType = lineType;
            circle3.Thickness = 0.4;
            model.Entities.Add(circle3);

            // Arc.
            DxfArc arc = new DxfArc(new Point3D(20d, -4d, 3d), 9d, Math.PI * 0.2d, Math.PI * 1.7d);
            arc.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            model.Entities.Add(arc);

            // Text.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfText("Text", new Point3D(0d, 14d, 0d), 1d));
            
            // Extruded text.
            DxfText text2 = new DxfText("Extruded text", new Point3D(0d, 12d, 0d), 1d);
            text2.Thickness = 0.4d;
            model.Entities.Add(text2);
            
            // Text with custom text style.
            DxfTextStyle textStyle = new DxfTextStyle("MYSTYLE", "arial.ttf");
            model.TextStyles.Add(textStyle);
            DxfText text3 = new DxfText("Text in Arial font", new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d), 1d);
            text3.Thickness = 0.4d;
            text3.Style = textStyle;
            model.Entities.Add(text3);

            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-ascii.dxf", model, false);
            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-bin.dxf", model, true);
        }

        public static void Main(string[] args) {
            try {
                SimpleWriteTestR12();
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
        }
    }
}

Thrown when model is invalid.

Write the specified model.

The stream to write to. the model to write. whether to write binary or ascii. Before writing is called to check if the model is valid. When it is not valid a is thrown with a list of messages. An example of how to create and write a dxf file.


using System;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfWriteTest {
    class DxfWriteTest {
        /// <summary>
        /// Example of how to create a line, circle, text.
        /// </summary>
        private static void SimpleWriteTestR12() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf12);

            // Line.
            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), new Point3D(-11d, -3.9d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(line1);

            // Circle.
            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle.Color = EntityColors.Green;
            model.Entities.Add(circle);
            
            // Invisible blue circle.
            DxfCircle circle2 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(3d, -4d, 3d), 4d);
            circle2.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            circle2.Visible = false;
            model.Entities.Add(circle2);
            
            // Extruded circle with line type.
            DxfLineType lineType = 
                new DxfLineType(
                    "SpecialLineType", 
                    "description", 
                    new double[] {0.5d, -0.3d, 0, -0.3d}
                );
            model.LineTypes.Add(lineType);
            DxfCircle circle3 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(0d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle3.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            circle3.LineType = lineType;
            circle3.Thickness = 0.4;
            model.Entities.Add(circle3);

            // Arc.
            DxfArc arc = new DxfArc(new Point3D(20d, -4d, 3d), 9d, Math.PI * 0.2d, Math.PI * 1.7d);
            arc.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            model.Entities.Add(arc);

            // Text.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfText("Text", new Point3D(0d, 14d, 0d), 1d));
            
            // Extruded text.
            DxfText text2 = new DxfText("Extruded text", new Point3D(0d, 12d, 0d), 1d);
            text2.Thickness = 0.4d;
            model.Entities.Add(text2);
            
            // Text with custom text style.
            DxfTextStyle textStyle = new DxfTextStyle("MYSTYLE", "arial.ttf");
            model.TextStyles.Add(textStyle);
            DxfText text3 = new DxfText("Text in Arial font", new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d), 1d);
            text3.Thickness = 0.4d;
            text3.Style = textStyle;
            model.Entities.Add(text3);

            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-ascii.dxf", model, false);
            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-bin.dxf", model, true);
        }

        public static void Main(string[] args) {
            try {
                SimpleWriteTestR12();
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
        }
    }
}

Thrown when model is invalid.

Write the specified model to a DXF file (ASCII).

Before writing is called to check if the model is valid. When it is not valid a is thrown with a list of messages. the filename of the file to write to. the model to write. An example of how to create and write a dxf file.


using System;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfWriteTest {
    class DxfWriteTest {
        /// <summary>
        /// Example of how to create a line, circle, text.
        /// </summary>
        private static void SimpleWriteTestR12() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf12);

            // Line.
            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), new Point3D(-11d, -3.9d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(line1);

            // Circle.
            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle.Color = EntityColors.Green;
            model.Entities.Add(circle);
            
            // Invisible blue circle.
            DxfCircle circle2 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(3d, -4d, 3d), 4d);
            circle2.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            circle2.Visible = false;
            model.Entities.Add(circle2);
            
            // Extruded circle with line type.
            DxfLineType lineType = 
                new DxfLineType(
                    "SpecialLineType", 
                    "description", 
                    new double[] {0.5d, -0.3d, 0, -0.3d}
                );
            model.LineTypes.Add(lineType);
            DxfCircle circle3 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(0d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle3.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            circle3.LineType = lineType;
            circle3.Thickness = 0.4;
            model.Entities.Add(circle3);

            // Arc.
            DxfArc arc = new DxfArc(new Point3D(20d, -4d, 3d), 9d, Math.PI * 0.2d, Math.PI * 1.7d);
            arc.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            model.Entities.Add(arc);

            // Text.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfText("Text", new Point3D(0d, 14d, 0d), 1d));
            
            // Extruded text.
            DxfText text2 = new DxfText("Extruded text", new Point3D(0d, 12d, 0d), 1d);
            text2.Thickness = 0.4d;
            model.Entities.Add(text2);
            
            // Text with custom text style.
            DxfTextStyle textStyle = new DxfTextStyle("MYSTYLE", "arial.ttf");
            model.TextStyles.Add(textStyle);
            DxfText text3 = new DxfText("Text in Arial font", new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d), 1d);
            text3.Thickness = 0.4d;
            text3.Style = textStyle;
            model.Entities.Add(text3);

            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-ascii.dxf", model, false);
            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-bin.dxf", model, true);
        }

        public static void Main(string[] args) {
            try {
                SimpleWriteTestR12();
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
        }
    }
}

Thrown when model is invalid.

Write the model.

Before writing is called to check if the model is valid. When it is not valid a is thrown with a list of messages. After writing the underlying stream is closed if is true. Thrown when model is invalid.

Write the model.

Before writing optionally is called to check if the model is valid. When it is not valid a is thrown with a list of messages. After writing the underlying stream is closed if is true. Specifies whether is called before writing. Thrown when model is invalid.

The CLASSES section was introduced in DXF release 13.

Writes entity attributes.

Write a text, while dividing it into chunks if necessary.

This uses default values for base group (1), extension group (3) and chunk size (250). text to write

Write a text, while dividing it into chunks if necessary.

This uses a default values for chunk size (250). base group code for text extension froup code for text text to write

Write a text, while dividing it into chunks if necessary.

base group code for text extension froup code for text chunk size for text text to write

Write vertex with width. Note that widths must be written either for none or for all vertices.

Most of the R13-R14 viewport fields are stored in its extended data.

The CELLSTYLEMAP object contains more info than the TABLESTYLE object. The TABLESTYLE object only contains the Data, Header and Title cell styles, whereas the CELLSTYLEMAP may also contain user defined cell styles.

Gets or sets whether to automatically close the stream after writing (the default value is true).

Gets the messages.

Represents an visitor interface. With this interface the so-called visitor design pattern can be applied to entities.

An example would be to build a EntityTranslator class that has specific translation code to translate each type of entity. Without needing to know the type of the entity, a user could write in a polymorphic fashion the following piece of code:


                public void Translate(DxfEntity entity) {
                    EntityTranslator translator = new EntityTranslator(2d, 3d, 0d);
                    entity.Accept(translator);
                }

Visits the specified entity. See the interface for more details.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Visitor interface for implementations. See also

Visits the specified value.

Resolves the references.

Override must call the base method.

Base DWG bit stream reader containing common bit stream read methods.

Each DWG version has its own specific BitStreamReader sub class. Use factory method to create a specific implementation.

The string stream is positioned before the handles stream.

BITLONG type.

BITDOUBLE type.

Modular char (char being a 1-byte char).

Reads the handle.

The reference handle. Type of the handle. Soft owner = 2, Hard owner = 3, Soft pointer = 4, Hard pointer = 5 Values of 6 and greater represent a soft pointer.

Read entity color (not specced correctly by the DWG spec).

TV : Variable text, T for 2004 and earlier files, TU for 2007+ files.

Reads the standard cyclic redundancy check as an error detection mechanism.

Use this if bitIndex != 0

Doesn't do anything.

Read entity color (not specced correctly by the DWG spec).

TV : Variable text, T for 2004 and earlier files, TU for 2007+ files.

BE.

Read entity color (not specced correctly by the DWG spec).

Reads the fixed length string (string ends when encountering first zero byte).

Used by DXF reader.

Used by DWG reader.

Temporary data container until the exact type of polyline can be determined based on its Flags.

Represents an abstract polyline base class.

There are several 2D and 3D polyline sub types. is the 2D spline sub type.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified polyline in the context of the specified target model.

Assigns a new handle to this object if has a zero handle.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets or sets the flags.

Gets the next handle.

Gets or sets the entity mode.

See .

Similar to DxfTableControlBuilder, but cannot use that class because shape files (text styles) are a little different (doesn't use keyed collection because the shape file name may be empty in case the text style represents a shape (rather than a font).

Constructor.

Get the bounds.

Gets the color.

Gets whether the text line should be filled.

Gets or sets the position (left baseline).

Gets the ascent.

Gets the descent.

Gets the width.

Get the top left point.

Get the bottom left point.

Gets the top right point.

Represents a triangle primitive.

Represents a geometric surface drawing primitive.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets or sets vertex 0.

Gets or sets vertex 1.

Gets or sets vertex 2.

Draw context interface.

Creates child context and sets this context as its parent context.

Gets or sets the model.

Gets the context (e.g. , or ). Can be null.

Gets or sets the external block. Is non-null for xrefs.

Gets the layer context.

Draw a or onto a .

Note that a graphics path has no color nor does it has a property indicating whether it should be filled. To draw a or e.g. a onto a GraphicsPath the following must be done: Create a object and call , , or passing the draw context and this converter object. Draw a using method , a using method or an using method . Pass the object as a parameter. The model/entity will draw itself on the graphics factory.

Factory interface for wireframe graphics objects.

Begin graphics creation for specified entity. End creation with .

Implementations of this interface can use the begin/end markers of an entity to be able to later update graphics for a specific entity when e.g. an entity changes.

End graphics creation that was started with .

Begin graphics creation for specified insert.

End graphics creation that was started with .

Create a colored dot.

The entity creating the dot. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the dot is created for text. the position

Create a colored line segment.

The entity creating the line segment. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the line segment is created for text. The start position. The end position.

Create a colored ray (infinite line in one direction).

The entity creating the ray. The drawing context. The color. The line segment, first point must be the starting point, the second point goes towards infinity.

Create a colored DxfXLine (infinite line in both direction).

The entity creating the xline. The drawing context. The color. Starting point (for bounding box calculation). The line segment, both points approach infinity.

Create a path of dots, lines and polylines.

The entity creating the path. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the path is created for text. The path polylines to draw. Specifies whether the path should be filled.

Create a path of lines and polylines. Similar to but in GDI graphics this matches drawing using .

This is particularly useful when drawing text where e.g. the letter O consists of two polygons and the space between them is filled. Note that dots can not be drawn with the . The entity creating the path. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the path is created for text. The path polylines to draw. Specifies whether the path should be filled.

Create a shape from a 4D shape.

Ownership of the shape is transferred to the implementor of this interface. The entity creating the shape. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the shape is created for text. The shape to draw.

Creates graphics for the specified text (call only if returns true).

Creates graphics for the specified image.

The raster image. The draw context. The clip polygon (optional). The image boundary. The transformed image origin (top left of image). The transformed image origin + 1 * x-axis. The transformed image origin + 1 * y-axis.

Gets a value indicating whether the object supports text.

Constructor.

The graphics path to draw on to.

Begin graphics creation for specified entity. End creation with .

End graphics creation that was started with .

Begin graphics creation for specified insert.

End graphics creation that was started with

Create a colored dot.

The entity creating the dot. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the dot is created for text. the position

Create a colored line segment.

The entity creating the line segment. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the line segment is created for text. The start position. The end position.

Create a colored ray (infinite line in one direction).

The entity creating the ray. The drawing context. The color. The line segment, first point must be the starting point, the second point goes towards infinity.

Create a colored DxfXLine (infinite line in both direction).

The entity creating the xline. The drawing context. The color. Starting point (for bounding box calculation). The line segment, both points approach infinity.

Create a path of dots, lines and polylines.

The entity creating the path. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the path is created for text. The path polylines to draw. Specifies whether the path should be filled.

Create a path of lines and polylines. Similar to but in GDI graphics this matches drawing using .

The entity creating the path. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the path is created for text. The path polylines to draw. Specifies whether the path should be filled. This is particularly useful when drawing text where e.g. the letter O consists of two polygons and the space between them is filled. Note that dots can not be drawn with the .

Create a shape from a 4D shape.

The entity creating the shape. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the shape is created for text. The shape to draw.

Creates graphics for the specified text (call only if returns true).

Creates graphics for the specified image.

Gets or sets the dot size (0.001 by default).

Gets a value indicating whether the object supports text.

Clipper which is also transformable.

Needed to allow for optimizations in model space clipping.

Interface for 3D clipping.

A clipping region.

Test whether a 4D point is inside or outside of the clipping region.

The point to test. true if the point is inside the clipping region, false if the point is outside of the clipping region

Quick check a bounding box for clipping.

This may allow shortcuts, when bounds calculation is cheap or may be precalculated. In the case of returning no handling of the objects making up the bounds is necesary, in the case of returning the objects making up the bounds can be handled without caring for clipping. Bounding box. If box is invalid, is returned. In most cases this can be handled like The result of checking the clipped bounds.

Quick check a shape for clipping.

This is performing the whole clipping process without performing the actual clipping, so in most cases this is useless. But in some circumstances like outputting text as text this method is useful to check whether a given text is clipped. Shape to chekc, The result of checking the shape fo r clipping.

Clip a segment.

Segment to clip. Clipped segments, possibly empty.

Clip a polyline.

Polyline to clip. Clipped polyline parts, maybe empty.

Interface for items which can be transformed.

Transform this.

Transformation matrix.

Blinn clipper implementation dedicated to model space clipping. For more efficiency it allows for transformation.

Implements viewport clipping using Blinn clipping.

See pdf document titled "Clipping" by William Shoaff, March 12, 2002.

Basic clipper class, providing some useful constants.

Useful return value for when everything is clipped away.

Test whether a 4D point is inside or outside of the clipping region.

The point to test. true if the point is inside the clipping region, false if the point is outside of the clipping region

Check a bounding box for clipping.

Clip a segment.

Segment to clip. Clipped segments, possibly empty.

Clip a polyline.

Polyline to clip. Clipped polyline parts, maybe empty.

Quick check a shape for clipping.

Constructor.

This is the fastest clipping option because clipping bounds are fixed at 0 <= Position <= 1, 0 <= Y <= 1, 0 <= Z <= 1 (in real space).

Constructor.

This is the slowest clipping option because clipping bounds are flexible.

Constructor.

Inside testers.

Constructor.

´Clipping planes.

Check a bounding box for clipping.

Check a transformed bounding box for clipping.

This may allow shortcuts, when bounds calculation is cheap or may be precalculated. In the case of returning no handling of the objects making up the bounds is necesary, in the case of returning the objects making up the bounds can be handled without caring for clipping. Transformation. Bounding box. If box is invalid, is returned. In most cases this can be handled like The result of checking the clipped bounds.

Check a collection of points for clipping.

This may allow shortcuts, when calculation of the points is cheap or may be predone. In the case of returning no handling of the objects making up the points is necesary, in the case of returning the objects making up the points can be handled without caring for clipping. Points. The result of checking the clipped bounds.

Sutherland-Hodgman's polygon clipping algorithm.

Helper method: collect the corners of a bounding box.

Bounding box. The unique corners of the bounding box as 4D homogeneous points.

Tester for being inside of the clipping region.

Is the given coordinate inside the clipping region.

The coordinate. true if the coordinate is inside, false if it is outside or on the clipping region

Get the intersection of a line through two points with the clipping boundary.

First point of line. Second point of line. Intersection point. This point is only useful if one of the two points is inside and the other outside.

Clipping plane definition.

A clipping plane is dividing the space into two parts. One of them is considered outside, the other inside.

Constructor.

Normal to the clipping plane. The part of the space to which the normal points is considered outside. Distance between coordinate system origin and clipping plane. If positive, the origin is inside, if negative it is outside.

Constructor.

Normal to the clipping plane. The part of the space to which the normal points is considered outside. A point lying in the plane.

Constructor.

Plane definition.

Transform this clipping plane.

Transformation. Same as , but inversed and transposed.

Point is inside if real y is smaller than or equal to 1.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, -1, 0, 1). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is w - y.

Point is inside if real y is greater than or equal to 0.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, 1, 0, 0). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is y.

Point is inside if real x is smaller than or equal to 1.

Intersection plane is defined by (-1, 0, 0, 1). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is w - position.

Point is inside if real x is greater than or equal to 0.

Intersection plane is defined by (1, 0, 0, 0). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is position.

Point is inside if real z is greater than or equal to 0.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, 0, 1, 0). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is z.

Point is inside if real z is smaller than or equal to 1.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, 0, -1, 1). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is w - z.

Point is inside if real y is smaller than or equal to top.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, -1, 0, top). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is top * w - y.

Point is inside if real y is greater than or equal to bottom.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, -1, 0, bottom). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is bottom * w - y.

Point is inside if real x is smaller than or equal to right.

Intersection plane is defined by (-1, 0, 0, right). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is right * w - position.

Point is inside if real x is greater than or equal to left.

Intersection plane is defined by (-1, 0, 0, left). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is left * w - position.

Point is inside if real z is greater than or equal to back.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, 0, -1, back). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is back * w - z.

Point is inside if real z is smaller than or equal to front.

Intersection plane is defined by (0, 0, -1, front). In Blinn terminology: boundary coordinate for point (x, y, z, w) is front * w - z.

Constructor.

´Clipping planes.

Transform this clipper by the given transformation.

The transformation.

Flat bounds, but in 3D space.

A control for editing a using text boxes.

Required designer variable.

Clean up any resources being used.

true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.

Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Raises the event.

Occurs when the changed.

Occurs when closed by either pressing enter or escape.

Gets or sets the point.

Gets the dialog result.

Represents the leader entity: a polyline ending in an arrow.

This entity was introduced in release 13. The arrow head (if enabled) is attached to the first vertex. The way the leader looks is affected by its . See also for overriding settings of an existing . An example of how to create and write a dxf file containing a leader.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class LeaderExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfLeader leader = new DxfLeader(model);
            leader.ArrowHeadEnabled = true;
            leader.Vertices.AddRange(
                 new Point3D[] {
                     new Point3D(1.5, 1.5, 0),
                     new Point3D(2, 2, 0),
                     new Point3D(4, 2.5, 0)
                 }
            );
            model.Entities.Add(leader);
            DxfWriter.Write("Leader Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The model, of which the is used for the dimension style.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The dimension style.

Transform the entity.

Draw (only called when ).

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified leader in the context of specified target model.

Gets or sets whether the arrow head is enabled. The default value is .

See also DxfDimensionStyle.ArrowBlock.

Gets or sets the associate annotation.

Is either , or .

Gets or sets the by block color. The default value is .

Gets or sets the leader creation type.

The default is .

Gets the dimension style overrides.

The overrides override properties of .

Gets or sets the dimension style.

Together with the the dimension style determines the style aspects of the dimension. The dimension style is shared and must be present in .

Gets or sets whether the leader has a hook line.

Gets or sets the hook line direction.

Gets or sets the "horizontal" direction.

Gets or sets the offset of the last leader vertex from the block reference insertion point.

Introduced in release 14.

Gets or sets the offset of the last leader vertex from the annotation placement point.

Gets or sets the path type (default value is ).

Gets or sets the text annotation height.

Gets or sets the text annotation width.

Gets or the vertices (defined in the WCS). The arrow head (if enabled) is attached to the first vertex.

Gets or sets the z-axis ((0, 0, 1) by default).

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

path type.

Straight line segments.

Spline.

creation type.

Created with text annotation.

Created with tolerance annotation.

Created with block reference annotation.

Created without any annotation.

hookline direction.

Hookline (or end of tangent for a splined leader) is the opposite direction from the horizontal vertex.

Hookline (or end of tangent for a splined leader) is the same direction as horizontal vertex.

Contains pattern data for object that consists of a number of pattern lines.

Add one or more to property to create a valid pattern. A pattern can be either created from code or by reading from a pattern file (see ). Use the to write a pattern file. Below is an example of how to create and write a DXF file containing a hatch object.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class HatchExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfHatch hatch = new DxfHatch();
            hatch.Color = EntityColors .Green;
            hatch.ElevationPoint = new Point3D(0, 0, 2);
            hatch.ZAxis = new Vector3D(-0.707, 0, 0.707);
    
            // A boundary path bounded by lines.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath1 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath1.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath1);
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 0), new Point2D(1, 0)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 0), new Point2D(1, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 1), new Point2D(0, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1), new Point2D(0, 0)));
    
            // A boundary path bounded by an ellipse.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath2 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath2.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath2);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge edge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge();
            edge.CounterClockWise = true;
            edge.Center = new Point2D(1, 1);
            edge.MajorAxisEndPoint = new Vector2D(0.4d, -0.2d);
            edge.MinorToMajorRatio = 0.7;
            edge.StartAngle = 0d;
            edge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI * 2d / 3d;
            boundaryPath2.Edges.Add(edge);
            
            // A boundary path bounded by lines and an arc.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath3 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath3.Type = BoundaryPathType.Outermost;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath3);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge arcEdge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge();
            arcEdge.Center = new Point2D(0, 1);
            arcEdge.Radius = 0.5d;
            arcEdge.StartAngle = 0;
            arcEdge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI / 2d;
            arcEdge.CounterClockWise = true;
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(arcEdge);
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1.5d), new Point2D(-0.5, 1d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(-0.5, 1d), new Point2D(0d, 0.5d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0d, 0.5d), new Point2D(0.5d, 1d)));
            
            // A boundary path bounded by a polyline.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath6 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath6.Type = BoundaryPathType.Polyline;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath6);
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData =
                new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline(
                    new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex[] {
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, -0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0-.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, -0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, -0.5)
                    }
                );
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData.Closed = true;
    
            // Define the hatch fill pattern.
            // Don't set a pattern for solid fill.
            hatch.Pattern = new DxfPattern();
            DxfPattern.Line patternLine = new DxfPattern.Line();
            hatch.Pattern.Lines.Add(patternLine);
            patternLine.Angle = System.Math.PI / 4d;
            patternLine.Offset = new Vector2D(0.02, -0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0.02d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            
            model.Entities.Add(hatch);
    
            DxfWriter.Write("Hatch Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the approximate pattern repeat count for given area.

Clone the pattern (see ).

Copy hatch pattern from given pattern.

Returns a that represents this instance.

Gets or sets the description.

This string is not stored in the DXF file. It is read from pattern files with extension .pat.

Gets or sets the pattern name.

This string is not stored in the DXF file. It is read from pattern files with extension .pat.

Gets the pattern lines.

Line in a that is used in .

A pattern line is defined by its , , vertex and . An example of how to create and write a dxf file containing a hatch object.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class HatchExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfHatch hatch = new DxfHatch();
            hatch.Color = EntityColors .Green;
            hatch.ElevationPoint = new Point3D(0, 0, 2);
            hatch.ZAxis = new Vector3D(-0.707, 0, 0.707);
    
            // A boundary path bounded by lines.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath1 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath1.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath1);
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 0), new Point2D(1, 0)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 0), new Point2D(1, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 1), new Point2D(0, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1), new Point2D(0, 0)));
    
            // A boundary path bounded by an ellipse.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath2 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath2.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath2);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge edge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge();
            edge.CounterClockWise = true;
            edge.Center = new Point2D(1, 1);
            edge.MajorAxisEndPoint = new Vector2D(0.4d, -0.2d);
            edge.MinorToMajorRatio = 0.7;
            edge.StartAngle = 0d;
            edge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI * 2d / 3d;
            boundaryPath2.Edges.Add(edge);
            
            // A boundary path bounded by lines and an arc.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath3 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath3.Type = BoundaryPathType.Outermost;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath3);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge arcEdge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge();
            arcEdge.Center = new Point2D(0, 1);
            arcEdge.Radius = 0.5d;
            arcEdge.StartAngle = 0;
            arcEdge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI / 2d;
            arcEdge.CounterClockWise = true;
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(arcEdge);
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1.5d), new Point2D(-0.5, 1d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(-0.5, 1d), new Point2D(0d, 0.5d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0d, 0.5d), new Point2D(0.5d, 1d)));
            
            // A boundary path bounded by a polyline.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath6 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath6.Type = BoundaryPathType.Polyline;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath6);
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData =
                new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline(
                    new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex[] {
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, -0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0-.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, -0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, -0.5)
                    }
                );
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData.Closed = true;
    
            // Define the hatch fill pattern.
            // Don't set a pattern for solid fill.
            hatch.Pattern = new DxfPattern();
            DxfPattern.Line patternLine = new DxfPattern.Line();
            hatch.Pattern.Lines.Add(patternLine);
            patternLine.Angle = System.Math.PI / 4d;
            patternLine.Offset = new Vector2D(0.02, -0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0.02d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            
            model.Entities.Add(hatch);
    
            DxfWriter.Write("Hatch Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class based on given angle, base point and offset.

The pattern line angle (radians). The pattern line base point. This is the offset vertex between consecutive pattern lines, and must be unequal to the zero vertex.

Initializes a new instance of the class based on given angle, base point, offset and dash lengths.

The pattern line angle (radians). The pattern line base point. This is the offset vertex between consecutive pattern lines, and must be unequal to the zero vertex. The dashlengths. A dash length > 0 signifies a line, < 0 signifies a move, 0 signifies a dot. No dash lengths at all means a continuous line.

Clone the pattern (see ).

Copy hatch pattern line from given line.

Gets or sets the pattern line angle (radians).

Gets or sets the pattern line base point.

Gets the dash lengths (s).

A dash length > 0 signifies a line, < 0 signifies a move, 0 signifies a dot. No dash lengths at all means a continuous line.

Gets or sets the pattern line offset.

This is the offset vertex between the pattern lines, and must be unequal to the zero vertex.

Edge type for .

Line.

Circular arc.

Elliptic arc.

Spline.

This name space contains all entities supported by CadLib. The entities are contained in .

Log message.

Constructor.

To string conversion.

Gets the log message date time.

Gets the log message string.

Gets the log message severity.

Spline type used by .

Corresponds to group 75.

None.

Quadratic B spline.

Cubic B Spline.

Bezier curve.

Represents an arc entity.

An arc is defined by its Center, Radius, , and ZAxis. An arc is always counter clockwise going from the to the . Below is an example of how to create and write a DXF file containing an arc.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class ArcExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
            
            DxfArc arc = new DxfArc(
                new Point3D(-2d, 2d, 3d), // Center
                2d, // Radius
                0d, // Start angle (radians)
                System.Math.PI * 0.6, // End angle (radians)
                Vector3D.XAxis // Z-Axis
            );
            model.Entities.Add(arc);
            
            DxfWriter.Write("Arc Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Represents a circle entity.

A circle is defined by its , and . Below is an example of how to create a circle.


using System;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfWriteTest {
    class DxfWriteTest {
        /// <summary>
        /// Example of how to create a line, circle, text.
        /// </summary>
        private static void SimpleWriteTestR12() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf12);

            // Line.
            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), new Point3D(-11d, -3.9d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(line1);

            // Circle.
            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(-20d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle.Color = EntityColors.Green;
            model.Entities.Add(circle);
            
            // Invisible blue circle.
            DxfCircle circle2 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(3d, -4d, 3d), 4d);
            circle2.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            circle2.Visible = false;
            model.Entities.Add(circle2);
            
            // Extruded circle with line type.
            DxfLineType lineType = 
                new DxfLineType(
                    "SpecialLineType", 
                    "description", 
                    new double[] {0.5d, -0.3d, 0, -0.3d}
                );
            model.LineTypes.Add(lineType);
            DxfCircle circle3 = new DxfCircle(new Point3D(0d, -4d, 3d), 9d);
            circle3.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            circle3.LineType = lineType;
            circle3.Thickness = 0.4;
            model.Entities.Add(circle3);

            // Arc.
            DxfArc arc = new DxfArc(new Point3D(20d, -4d, 3d), 9d, Math.PI * 0.2d, Math.PI * 1.7d);
            arc.Color = EntityColors.Blue;
            model.Entities.Add(arc);

            // Text.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfText("Text", new Point3D(0d, 14d, 0d), 1d));
            
            // Extruded text.
            DxfText text2 = new DxfText("Extruded text", new Point3D(0d, 12d, 0d), 1d);
            text2.Thickness = 0.4d;
            model.Entities.Add(text2);
            
            // Text with custom text style.
            DxfTextStyle textStyle = new DxfTextStyle("MYSTYLE", "arial.ttf");
            model.TextStyles.Add(textStyle);
            DxfText text3 = new DxfText("Text in Arial font", new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d), 1d);
            text3.Thickness = 0.4d;
            text3.Style = textStyle;
            model.Entities.Add(text3);

            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-ascii.dxf", model, false);
            DxfWriter.Write("Test-R12-bin.dxf", model, true);
        }

        public static void Main(string[] args) {
            try {
                SimpleWriteTestR12();
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Transform the entity.

Draw.

Approximate circle as line segments.

Draw.

Approximate circle as line segments.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Accepts the specified visitor.

Draw.

Approximate circle as line segments.

Draw.

Approximate circle as line segments.

Draw.

Approximate circle as line segments.

Draw.

Approximate circle as line segments.

Copies from specified circle in the context of the specified target model.

Creates a create interactor.

Creates an edit interactor.

Gets or sets the circle center.

Gets or sets the circle radius.

Gets or sets the extrusion direction.

Gets or sets the extrusion thickness.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Gets the OCS to WCS transform.

Transform to get from the raw points to the final coordinates.

Gets the control points.

Gets the control point index at which the entity creation is committed. By default this is the control point count - 1.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The center. The radius. The start angle in radians. The end angle in radians. The z-axis.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The center. The radius. The start angle in radians. The end angle in radians.

Initiaze the arc from the specified three consecutive points. Returns false if the points were collinear.

Transform the entity.

Draw.

Approximate arc as line segments.

Draw.

Approximate arc as line segments.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified arc in the context of the specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Creates a create interactor.

Creates an edit interactor.

Gets or sets the start angle (radians).

Gets or sets the end angle (radians).

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

An interactor for creating an arc using 3 points on the arc.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The owner. The control points.

Sets the control point at the specified index.

Gets the control point at the specified index.

Gets the description of the control point at the specified index. Uses a to look up a culture specific value based on the current UI culture.

Gets the display type.

Creates and inserts a new control point at the specified index.

Removes the control point at the specified index.

Gets the count.

keyed collection (line type name can be used as indexer parameter).

The key is the case insensitive line type name.

Basic collection holding keys to a value of type .

The purpose of this class is to provide the means for deep copy construction and deep copy add (see ). generic key generic type extending

Default constructor.

Constructor which allows to set a comparer for the keys.

key comparer

Constructor allowing to set a key comparer and a dictionary creation threshold.

dictionary createion threshold

Add all elements from another collection while cloning the values.

collection to add from clone context used for cloning, expected to have a of

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the key for specified lineType.

collection (text style name can be used as indexer parameter).

The (non-unique) key is the case insensitive text style name. The text style name may be entity when it respresents a shape file.

Tries to the get the text style with specified name (if the name is not empty).

Determines whether this collection contains a text style with the specified name (if the name is not empty).

Gets the first text style with the specified name (if the name is not empty). Returns null if not found.

Determines how edges are shaded.

Faces shaded, edges not highlighted.

Faces shaded, edges highlighted in black.

Faces not filled, edges in entity color.

Faces in entity color, edges in black.

variable.

The dictionary variable object was introduced in release 14.

Constructor.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified dictionary variable in the context of the specified target model.

Gets or sets the variable value.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Text utility class.

Gradient used for diagonal fraction bars.

The non-breaking space character.

Sequence in which to check for font styles.

Gets the font family from the font file name (e.g. times.ttf).

font file name font family font style true if the font was found, false if a default TrueType font was substituted

Gets the font family from the font name (e.g. Times New Roman).

Font name. Font family. Font style. true if the font was found, false if a default TrueType font was substituted

Get a simplified version of the text contained in a MTEXT entity.

This will remove all special escape codes from the text. MTEXT entity simplified text content

Get a simplified version of the text contained in a TEXT entity.

This will remove all special escape codes from the text. TEXT entity simplified text content

Split a simple text as appears in TEXT entity into blocks. The only possible splitting is changes of under- and overlining.

simple text to split Height of the font. The oblique angle. Width of the letter. The text style. The color. text blocks in form of a group

Split a simple text as appears in TEXT entity into blocks. The only possible splitting is changes of under- and overlining.

simple text to split Height of the font. The oblique angle. Width of the letter. The text style. The color. simpified version of the text contained in s text blocks in form of a group

Splits an mtext/tolerance string into paragraphs containing lines containing text blocks.

Subsitutes the unicode escapes in the text.

text with possible unicode escapes in the form \U+00AB string with substituted unicode escapes

Splits an mtext/tolerance string into paragraphs containing lines containing text blocks.

Is a character a whitespace in our sense. The difference to the method is that we do not consider the non-breaking space a white space.

the character to check true if the ch is a whitespace in our sense

Strips last word from given line

stripped word (null if no word could be stripped).

The possible stacking types for \S escape.

The parts of a stacking.

A block of text with the same settings that is part of a or object.

Get the bounding box of this text block.

how to handle white space when calculating the bounds

Lay out this block.

current baseline position, advanced after layout height of the surrounding text block The white space handling flags.

Break this text block before the given width.

width before which to break the text provider of text breaks an array with two elements if it was possible to break this text block into two parts with the first one smaller than width (the first inherets the offset of this block, while the seconds block's offset is unset) an array with one element if this text block already is smaller than width an empty array if the text block is wider than width but it is not possible to find a break position (see also ) at all

Get the baseline start position of the first occurence of the given char.

char to look for in block The white space handling flags. the position or null if no position was found

Collect the text chunks.

collector where to add the chunks insertion transformation The line weight.

Gets or sets the relative position.

Gets or sets the text block settings.

Is it possible to break this text?

Constructor.

description of the stacking, i.e. the part between \S and ending ; current text block settings

Get the bounding box of this text block.

how to handle white space when calculating the bounds

Lay out this block.

current baseline position, advanced after layout height of the surrounding text block

Break this text block before the given width.

width before which to break the text provider of text breaks an array with two elements if it was possible to break this text block into two parts with the first one smaller than width (the first inherets the offset of this block, while the seconds block's offset is unset), or an array with one element if this text block already is smaller than width, or an empty array if the text block is wider than width but it is not possible to find a break position (see also ) at all

Get the baseline start position relative to the blocks insert position of the first occurence of the given char.

char to look for in block The white space handling flags. the position or null if no position was found

Collect the text chunks.

collector where to add the chunks insertion transformation The line weight.

Is this stack box valid?

Get the stacking type. If this stack box is invalid, is returned

Get the denominator of the stacking. The denominator is the lower part of the stacking. If this stack box is invalid, a null string is returned.

Get the numerator of the stacking. The numerator is the upper part of the stacking. If this stack box is invalid, a null string is returned.

Get the alignment character of the stacking. The alignment character defines the character at which both and are aligned. Only stack boxes with stacking type and have alignment characters.

Get the text block constructed from the numerator.

Get the text block constructed from the denominator.

Gets or sets the relative position.

Gets or sets the text block settings.

Is it possible to break this text?

Split this block into lines and return the resulting parts.

Represents linked table data. For internal use only.

Represents linked data. For internal use only.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copies the contents from specified object.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets or sets the name.

Gets or sets the description.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copies the contents from specified object.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Add a row without triggering row initialization.

Add a column without triggering column initialization.

Gets the rows.

Gets or sets the row count.

Gets the columns.

Gets or sets the column count.

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Represents a clone builder interface (typically use for resolving references after all objects have been cloned).

Resolves references for the clone. To be called after all objects have been cloned.

A 2D vertex in a object.

DxfVertex2D's most defining properties are its , , , and curve fit tangent direction. The is in the object coordinate system, defined by the ( and ).

Represents an abstract vertex base class.

A vertex is always part of one of the subclasses.

Draw (throws exception).

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

2D vertex interface.

Gets or sets the position.

Gets or sets the bulge (optional; default is 0) for curve segment.

Gets or sets the start width.

Gets or sets the end width.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified coordinates.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified vertex.

Transform the entity.

Calculates the from the arc segment's included angle.

The angle in radians.

Calculates the from the arc segment's center and end points.

The arc center. The arc start point. The arc end point. if set to true then the arc segment is clock wise.

Gets the arc center from specified end points and bulge.

The arc start point. The arc end point. The bulge is the tangent of one fourth the included angle for an arc segment, made negative if the arc goes clockwise from the start point to the endpoint. A bulge of 0 indicates a straight segment, and a bulge of 1 is a semicircle.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from the specified 2D vertext in the context of the specified target model.

Returns the string representation of the vertex position.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets or sets the bulge (optional; default is 0) for curve segment. A negative value indicates a clockwise arc, a positive value indicates a counter clockwise arc.

The bulge is the tangent of one fourth the included angle for an arc segment, made negative if the arc goes clockwise from the start point to the endpoint. A bulge of 0 indicates a straight segment, and a bulge of 1 is a semicircle. See also helper methods and to get bulge values from arc center and end points or from the arc's included angle.

Gets or sets the end width.

Gets or sets the position.

The position is in the object coordinate system, defined by the .

Gets or sets the start width.

Gets or sets whether the vertex has a .

Gets or sets whether the vertex is created by curve-fitting.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is a spline control point.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is a 3D polygon mesh vertex.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is a polyface mesh vertex.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is a polyface mesh face.

Gets or sets the tangent direction (radians).

Gets or sets the x coordinate.

Gets or sets the y coordinate.

Gets or sets the vertex ID.

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

A collection class.

A table row for use in .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the row height. The default value is 0.36.

Gets the cells.

Gets the associated with this row.

Gets the row index of this row in the table's Rows collection.

Represents an abstract block reference base class.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Determines whether this entity is visible on specified layer in the specified context.

Prepares for write (called after all objects received a handle).

Assigns a new handle to this object if has a zero handle.

Copies from specified insert in the context of specified target model.

Transform the entity

Gets or sets the block.

Gets the attributes.

Insertion point (in OCS).

Gets or sets the rotation angle (in radians).

Gets or sets the scale factor.

Gets or sets the z-axis of the OCS (object coordinate system). The default value is (0, 0, 1).

Represents the end of a entity block. Only used by AutoCAD internally.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when visible and not in a frozen layer).

Accepts the specified visitor.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when Visible and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Represents table content. For internal use only.

Represents formatted table data. For internal use only.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copies the contents from specified object.

Gets the cell style overrides.

Gets the merged cell ranges.

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the cell style (not the cell style overrides) for specified row and column index. Use value -1 to not specify a specific row/column.

Gets the cell content for specified row/column/cell content index. Returns null if the cell does not have contents.

Gets the auto scale setting for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the cell alignment for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the text height for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the text style for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the content color for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the value format for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the rotation setting for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the horizontal margin setting for specified row/column index.

Gets the vertical margin setting for specified row/column index.

Gets the effective table inside horizontal border for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the effective table inside vertical border for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the effective table top border for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the effective table right border for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the effective table bottom border for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the effective table left border for specified row/column/cell content index.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copies the contents from specified object.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Initialize this object from specified AutoCAD 2005 table.

Gets the class (creates one if not present).

Gets the effective table border for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets or sets the table style.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress the title.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress the header row.

Gets or sets the flow direction.

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Represents content for a .

This class was introduced in AutoCAD 2008.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Scales me.

Clones this object.

Gets or sets the type of the content. The default value is

Gets the value.

Gets or sets the value object. This is either an block or field.

Gets the content format.

Gets the attributes.

Drawing units.

Unspecified.

Inches.

Feet.

Miles.

Millimeters.

Centimeters.

Meters.

Kilometers.

Microinches.

Mils.

Yards.

Angstroms.

Nanometers.

Microns.

Decimeters.

Dekameters.

Hectometers.

Gigameters.

Astronomical units.

Light years.

Parsecs.

Represents a clone context that facilitates making clones of object graphs.

The clone context enables making a clone of multiple objects and fixing the object references after all objects are cloned. To resolve these references, call method after all objects have been cloned. E.g. e hatch entity may reference a circle entity as its boundary. After cloning both hatch and circle entities, this method will restore these references in the cloned objects. When cloning multiple entities from a source to a target , only one clone context instance needs to be created, with the target model as parameter. See also the example below. The cloning of an entity (or other object) may result in cloning a referenced entity indirectly. These are gathered in . The caller should add these indirectly cloned entities to the appropriate entity collection. The example below shows how to clone entities from one to another.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    // This class demonstrates how to clone entities from a source DxfModel to a target DxfModel.
    public class CloneContextExample {
        public static void DemonstrateEntityCloning() {
            DxfModel sourceModel = new DxfModel();
            DxfLineType lineType = new DxfLineType("DASH_DOT", 1d, -0.2d, 0d, -0.2d);
            sourceModel.LineTypes.Add(lineType);

            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(Point2D.Zero, 5d);
            circle.LineType = lineType;
            sourceModel.Entities.Add(circle);

            DxfLine line = new DxfLine(Point2D.Zero, new Point2D(5d, 0d));
            line.LineType = lineType;
            sourceModel.Entities.Add(line);

            DxfModel targetModel = new DxfModel();

            // The ReferenceResolutionType.CloneMissing will result in the DASH_DOT line type created
            // above to also be cloned indirectly as a result of cloning the entities.
            CloneContext cloneContext = new CloneContext(targetModel, ReferenceResolutionType.CloneMissing);

            foreach(DxfEntity entity in sourceModel.Entities) {
                DxfEntity clonedEntity = (DxfEntity)entity.Clone(cloneContext);
                targetModel.Entities.Add(clonedEntity);
            }

            cloneContext.ResolveReferences();

            DxfWriter.Write("clone_source.dxf", sourceModel);
            DxfWriter.Write("clone_target.dxf", targetModel);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The target model. How to handle undefined references The target block is set to the model's model space layout block.

Gets the existing clone for specified source object. This method tries to find the clone in the dictionary.

object which clone is looked for the clone or null if no clone is found or the is null

Clones the specified source object. Returns null when the source object is null.

Clones the specified table record.

Will try to use the target model's table record with the same name if exists, otherwise will clone the table record and add it to the target model.

Registers the specified source object and clone.

Creates a new clone context based on this clone context's target model and reference resolution type.

Resolves references for all cloned objects if needed. E.g. e hatch entity may reference a circle entity as its boundary. After cloning both hatch and circle entities, this method will restore these references in the cloned objects. If e.g. only the hatch was cloned, the relation will not be restored.

Gets the source to cloned object dictionary.

This dictionary is used to be able to resolve object references after all objects are cloned.

Gets the target model.

Gets the type of the reference resolution.

Gets the clone builders.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether duplicate names are allowed when cloning. The default value is false.

E.g. duplicate names are allowed, but the user may not intend this to happen.

Gets or sets whether to rename a block when a block with that name already exists in the target drawing. The default value is false.

When copying a user-defined block from one model to another and there is already a block with the same name, what is about to happen? If this property is true, the block is renamed and copied, if it is false than the block reference of the already existing block with the same name is taken.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to clone the header. Only relevant when cloning a whole model. The default value is false.

Gets the indirectly cloned objects that have not yet been added to the target model.

Some objects are cloned indirectly, e.g. a optionally has an associated annotiation (), which gets cloned too, but which is not added automatically to any target entity collection. The caller that makes the clones should add these indirectly cloned entities to the appropriate entity collection (this could be the model entities, layout entities or block entities).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to add default a reactor to cloned dictionary entries. The default value is true.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether an exact copy has to be made (including handles etc). Only use this when copying a model exactly where the target model should be an identical copy of the source model.

Represents a visitor for table records.

Visits the specified value. See the interface for more details.

Class for reading an AutoCAD DXF file into DXF model.

The DXF file format is specified by Autodesk, Inc (see ). Below is an example of how to read and view a DXF file.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.IO;
using System.Windows.Forms;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfViewExample {
    /// <summary>
    /// A basic DXF viewer example.
    /// </summary>
    public partial class DxfViewExample : Form {
        private DxfModel model;
        private GDIGraphics3D gdiGraphics3D;
        private Bounds3D bounds;
        private Matrix4D modelTransform = Matrix4D.Identity;
        
        public DxfViewExample(string filename)
        {
            //
            // The InitializeComponent() call is required for Windows Forms designer support.
            //
            InitializeComponent();

            // To prevent flicker.
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.AllPaintingInWmPaint, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.DoubleBuffer, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.UserPaint, true);
            
            BackColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black;

            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                MessageBox.Show("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }

            gdiGraphics3D = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
            gdiGraphics3D.CreateDrawables(model);

            // Uncomment for rotation example.
//            modelTransform = Transformation4D.RotateX(-30d * Math.PI / 180d) *
//                Transformation4D.RotateZ(150d * Math.PI / 180d);
            bounds = new Bounds3D();
            gdiGraphics3D.BoundingBox(bounds, modelTransform);
            CalculateTo2DTransform();
        }
        
        private void CalculateTo2DTransform() {
            if (bounds != null) {
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    bounds.Center,
                    new Point3D(0d, ClientSize.Height, 0d),
                    new Point3D(ClientSize.Width, 0d, 0d),
                    new Point3D(ClientSize.Width / 2, ClientSize.Height / 2, 0d)
                );
                gdiGraphics3D.To2DTransform = to2DTransform * modelTransform;
            }
        }
        
        protected override void OnResize(EventArgs e) {
            base.OnResize(e);
            CalculateTo2DTransform();
            Invalidate();
        }
        
        protected override void OnPaint(PaintEventArgs e) {
            e.Graphics.SmoothingMode = System.Drawing.Drawing2D.SmoothingMode.HighQuality;
            gdiGraphics3D.Draw(e.Graphics, ClientRectangle);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream to read. Default code page is .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream to read. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the DXF file.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The filename of the file to read. Default code page is .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The filename of the file to read. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the DXF file.

Internally used constructor used for constructing an entity from an DxfXRecord.

Model used for references. Group reader prividing the entity informatiuon.

Reads a model from a DXF file with the specified file name.

Accepts *.dxf or compressed versions of it (*.zip, *.bz2, *.gzip, *.tar). An example of how to read and view a DXF file.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.IO;
using System.Windows.Forms;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfViewExample {
    /// <summary>
    /// A basic DXF viewer example.
    /// </summary>
    public partial class DxfViewExample : Form {
        private DxfModel model;
        private GDIGraphics3D gdiGraphics3D;
        private Bounds3D bounds;
        private Matrix4D modelTransform = Matrix4D.Identity;
        
        public DxfViewExample(string filename)
        {
            //
            // The InitializeComponent() call is required for Windows Forms designer support.
            //
            InitializeComponent();

            // To prevent flicker.
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.AllPaintingInWmPaint, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.DoubleBuffer, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.UserPaint, true);
            
            BackColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black;

            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                MessageBox.Show("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }

            gdiGraphics3D = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
            gdiGraphics3D.CreateDrawables(model);

            // Uncomment for rotation example.
//            modelTransform = Transformation4D.RotateX(-30d * Math.PI / 180d) *
//                Transformation4D.RotateZ(150d * Math.PI / 180d);
            bounds = new Bounds3D();
            gdiGraphics3D.BoundingBox(bounds, modelTransform);
            CalculateTo2DTransform();
        }
        
        private void CalculateTo2DTransform() {
            if (bounds != null) {
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    bounds.Center,
                    new Point3D(0d, ClientSize.Height, 0d),
                    new Point3D(ClientSize.Width, 0d, 0d),
                    new Point3D(ClientSize.Width / 2, ClientSize.Height / 2, 0d)
                );
                gdiGraphics3D.To2DTransform = to2DTransform * modelTransform;
            }
        }
        
        protected override void OnResize(EventArgs e) {
            base.OnResize(e);
            CalculateTo2DTransform();
            Invalidate();
        }
        
        protected override void OnPaint(PaintEventArgs e) {
            e.Graphics.SmoothingMode = System.Drawing.Drawing2D.SmoothingMode.HighQuality;
            gdiGraphics3D.Draw(e.Graphics, ClientRectangle);
        }
    }
}

Reads a model from a DXF file with the specified file name.

Accepts *.dxf or compressed versions of it (*.zip, *.bz2, *.gzip, *.tar).

Reads a model from a DXF file with the specified file name.

Accepts *.dxf or compressed versions of it (*.zip, *.bz2, *.gzip, *.tar). The file to read. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the dxf file.

Reads a model from a DXF file with the specified file name.

Accepts *.dxf or compressed versions of it (*.zip, *.bz2, *.gzip, *.tar). The file to read. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the dxf file. Progress event handler.

Reads a model from a DXF file with the specified file name.

Accepts *.dxf or compressed versions of it (*.zip, *.bz2, *.gzip, *.tar). The file to read. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the dxf file. Progress event handler, possibly null. A collection of the messages and warnings issued during the read process.

Reads a model from a DXF file with the specified file name.

Accepts *.dxf or compressed versions of it (*.zip, *.bz2, *.gzip, *.tar). The file to read. Progress event handler, possibly null. A collection of the messages and warnings issued during the read process.

Reads a model from the specified DXF stream.

An example of how to read and view a DXF file.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.IO;
using System.Windows.Forms;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfViewExample {
    /// <summary>
    /// A basic DXF viewer example.
    /// </summary>
    public partial class DxfViewExample : Form {
        private DxfModel model;
        private GDIGraphics3D gdiGraphics3D;
        private Bounds3D bounds;
        private Matrix4D modelTransform = Matrix4D.Identity;
        
        public DxfViewExample(string filename)
        {
            //
            // The InitializeComponent() call is required for Windows Forms designer support.
            //
            InitializeComponent();

            // To prevent flicker.
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.AllPaintingInWmPaint, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.DoubleBuffer, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.UserPaint, true);
            
            BackColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black;

            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                MessageBox.Show("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }

            gdiGraphics3D = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
            gdiGraphics3D.CreateDrawables(model);

            // Uncomment for rotation example.
//            modelTransform = Transformation4D.RotateX(-30d * Math.PI / 180d) *
//                Transformation4D.RotateZ(150d * Math.PI / 180d);
            bounds = new Bounds3D();
            gdiGraphics3D.BoundingBox(bounds, modelTransform);
            CalculateTo2DTransform();
        }
        
        private void CalculateTo2DTransform() {
            if (bounds != null) {
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    bounds.Center,
                    new Point3D(0d, ClientSize.Height, 0d),
                    new Point3D(ClientSize.Width, 0d, 0d),
                    new Point3D(ClientSize.Width / 2, ClientSize.Height / 2, 0d)
                );
                gdiGraphics3D.To2DTransform = to2DTransform * modelTransform;
            }
        }
        
        protected override void OnResize(EventArgs e) {
            base.OnResize(e);
            CalculateTo2DTransform();
            Invalidate();
        }
        
        protected override void OnPaint(PaintEventArgs e) {
            e.Graphics.SmoothingMode = System.Drawing.Drawing2D.SmoothingMode.HighQuality;
            gdiGraphics3D.Draw(e.Graphics, ClientRectangle);
        }
    }
}

Reads a model from the specified DXF stream.

The stream to read from. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the dxf file.

Reads a model from the specified DXF stream.

The stream to read from. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the dxf file. Progress event handler.

Reads a model from the specified DXF stream.

The stream to read from. The code page to use when $DWGCODEPAGE is not defined by the dxf file. Progress event handler. A collection of the messages and warnings issued during the read process.

Reads a model from the specified DXF stream.

The stream to read from. Progress event handler. A collection of the messages and warnings issued during the read process.

Reads the contents of the DXF file into given object.

Empty model to read into.

Creates and reads the DXF file contents into the created model.

Get DXF group.

Side effect: modifies currentGroup. Fires event every now and then.

Get DXF group.

Side effect: modifies currentGroup. Fires event every now and then.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not a subclass marker with given subclass.

true if at end of given subclass.

Tricky method to create an entity from a dedicated group reader.

Currently used to create MTEXT from an XRECORD as happens in ATTRIB/ATTDEF. This method has to stay internally as the current implementation does not handle resolving of references, which has to be done elsewhere. Model used for references. Group reader providing group information, should return after the entity is read. Group ending the model groups. The entity or null when something goes wrong.

TODO: detail this further for variable value consisting of more than 1 group.

Read tables section.

Precondition: position should be at or before table header.

Read layer table.

Precondition: position should be before first layer.

Parses the dim style group.

Keep in synch with method .

Read DXF blocks section.

Read a block.

Precondition: start of block is already read. Reads until end of block. The content of a block is the same as the entities section.

Resolve all references between objects. The ultimate goal is to have a fully connected object graph. Still needs some work to have all ownership relations correct.

Assigns entities and viewports to their layouts.

Read entities section.

Precondition: position must be at start of section.

Read entities until given end marker is read.

Precondition: position must be at start of first entity. Model space entities are added to specified entities collection. Paper space entities are added to collection paperSpaceEntities which will be assigned to layouts during reference resolution. Similarly viewports are added to collection viewports.

Read entity.

Precondition: expected to be at start of AcClasses.DxfEntity. true if parsed.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read byte value and return it.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read bool value and return it.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read string value and return it.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read short value and return it.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read double value and return it.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read int value and return it.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read handle value and return it.

Throws exception if not currentGroup is not equal to requested. Read ulong value and return it.

true if parsed. true if parsed. true if parsed. true if parsed. true if parsed. true if parsed. true if parsed. true if parsed. true if parsed. table style builder, where the parsed styles are set This list is used to detect if a new cell style is started. true if parsed. true if parsed.

In R13 and R14 most viewport fields are stored in its extended data. This is resolved by the viewport builder.

Reads from reader until given group.

true if group found.

Reads from reader until given group code.

true if group code found.

Reads from reader until after given group. Also checks for end of file. The normal SkipUntil doesn't do this for performance.

true if group found.

Detect the stream type.

Autocad prior to release 14 has single byte group codes.

Tries to get text style with given name, and if it's not found a text style is created.

Fire the event.

Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.

The progress event.

Gets the messages that were produced during the reading of a DXF file.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to throw an exception when encountering an invalid group codes. The default value is true.

Some older CadLib versions wrote invalid group codes under rare circumstances. By default CadLib does not read these invalid group codes, but by setting this property to false it will accept these group codes.

Contains the complete DXF model after reading.

Fake temporary entity to store polyline info in before creating the actual DxfPolylineBase subclass.

Raw entity info class with unresolved references for storing info before creating the concrete DxfEntity.

Raw entity to store dimension info in before creating the actual DxfDimension subclass.

Raw entity to store vertex info in before creating the actual DxfVertex subclass.

Wrapper class allowing to use a TTF or WWF glyph in vertical mode.

A canonical glyph, i.e. a character of a font defined by its rendering path and its advance vector.

Canonical means that the character is defined for font size 1, with an aspect ratio of 1 and no slant. Please note that some fonts allow letter spacing to depend on adjoining letters. This interface is not taking care of this.

Draw this glyph.

drawer to draw to transformation used for drawing this glyph color used to draw this glyph The line weight. extent in z, usually 0

Gets the bounds.

Does this glyph contain valid information?

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The wrapped glyph.

Draw this glyph.

drawer to draw to transformation used for drawing this glyph color used to draw this glyph The line weight. extent in z, usually 0

Gets the bounds.

The letter this glyph represents.

The canonical path of the letter.

Has this glyph to be drawn filled?

The canonical advance of the letter.

The advance is the distance on the baseline the insertion point is moved after this letter is drawn, defining the insertion point of the next letter.

Does this glyph contain valid information?

Implementation of a plot style allowing to set all parameters directly.

Basic plot style, which just takes its settings directly from an entity and its draw context.

Plot style settings.

This interface is subject to change!

Get the color.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The entity or other plot property owner. The draw context.

Get the color.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The color. The plot property owner, usually an entity. Its draw context.

Get the color.

Represents the dynamic block rotation parameter.

Block reference can be rotated around start point by some angle.

Represents base class for parameters with two controll points.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the base point type. Default value is PointType.StartPoint.

Defines which point will be base point.

Gets or sets the grip id. Array of size 4

Links to associated grip points.

Gets or sets the first point.

Gets or sets the second point.

Gets or sets the properties.

As examople DisplacementX, DisplacementY for LinearParameter.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the start point.

Gets or sets the label offset. Default value is 0.

Gets or sets the label text.

Gets or sets the description.

Gets or sets the angle.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the dynamic block parameter property info.

Property info containes list of connection points.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Gets or sets the array of connection points.

Represents an entity with a sort handle, used by the .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Copies the contents from specified object.

Returns a that represents this instance.

Compares to specified other object.

Gets or sets the entity.

Gets or sets the sort handle which is used for sorting the entities instead of the entity's handle. This sort handle may or may not point to an entity.

Representation of a SAT file.

Handler for entity resolve.

Entities in SAT refer to other entities by an index. The resolver allows to access the entities per index, and to register a handler to bind entities which are not yet read.

The binder is never called if the index is less than 0, it is called immediately if the index can be resolved to an entity, and it may be called later as soon as an entity with the given index is registered. index for which binder is called binder to be called for the given index

Get an entity for a given index.

entity index entity or null if the index is less than 0 or the entity index cannot (yet) be resolved

Handler for entity resolve.

Entities in SAT refer to other entities by an index. The resolver allows to access the entities per index, and to register a handler to bind entities which are not yet read.

Get an sub-entity for a given index.

sub-entity index sub-entity or null if the index is less than 0 or the sub-entity index cannot (yet) be resolved

subEntity to registrate

Get a sub-entity index for a given sub entity.

sub-entity sub-entity index or -1 if sub-entity was not indexed

Default capacity for entity list.

The SAT header.

A list of SAT entities.

A list of SAT sub-entities.

A list of SAT bodies.

The ASM header (if any).

Mapping of entity indexes (Integer) to binder lists.

Inform that SatFile was created only for version update.

Separator for name splits.

Dictionary for SAT entity creation.

Constructor.

parsing mode

Read this file from a string.

Read this file from a memory stream.

Write this file to a string.

Read this file from a memory stream.

Gets the applied transformation.

transform to be applied true if the entity has transformation, false if the entity is not transformed

Apply transformation.

transform to be applied It mults with already available at entity transformation>

Get the entity with a given index.

entity index null if index is not associated with an entity

Get the sub-entity with a given index.

sub-entity index null if index is not associated with an sub-entity

Collect all wireframe wires in this file.

accuracy

Read this file from via ISatReader interface.

Write this file via ISatWriter interface.

Call all registered entity binders for a given index and remove them.

Add a body to this file.

body to add

subEntity to registration

Get an entity for a given index.

entity index entity or null if the index is less than 0 or the entity index cannot (yet) be resolved

Get a sub-entity index for a given sub entity.

sub-entity sub-entity index or -1 if sub-entity was not indexed

Create a SAT file from a string description.

SAT file content SAT file if the content is broken

Create a SAB file from a string description.

SAB file content SAB file if the content is broken

Get the header of the SAT file.

Get the number of entities.

Get the bodies.

Get/set the ASM header.

Get an entity for a given index.

entity index entity or null if the index is less than 0 or the entity index cannot (yet) be resolved

Supported two modes - full parsing and partly parsing. Partly parsing used to fast access to SAT\SAB version.

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

SAT transform entity.

The scale factor - in addition to transformation.

Properties of transformation. Don't affect the transformation.

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Get the transformation.

SAT spline surface in model coordinates primitive.

Read the basic curve data from its stored format.

reader to read from on format errors

Write the basic curve data to its stored format.

writer to write to on format errors

SAT sub surface primitives. Implements the constant radius rolling ball blend surface.

SAT sub surface primitives.

Approximation level strings.

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Count of Radii.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

SAT base class for blend support cos curve primitives. Blend support surface of Curve On Surface (COS) type

SAT base class for blend support primitives.

Dictionary for SAT sub curves creation.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

SAT base class for interpolated curve primitives.

Null surface constant.

Null curve constant.

Approximation save level.

Summary approximation level.

Sub curve range.

Sub curve Open state.

Version of interpolated curve data stream.

Dictionary for SAT sub curves creation.

Approximation level strings.

Curve open state strings.

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

Approximation level.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The R27 writer is the same as the R18 writer, but with a new Data Store section. The bit streams are the same as R24.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream to which the DWG file is written. The stream must support writing and seeking. The model to write.

Write the model.

Write all data sections.

Puts all sections in the right order and number the sections.

Writes 0x6c bytes of file header data, present at the beginning of the file as part of the file header, and at the end of the file.

Writes the section map (for all data sections).

Cuts the data section into pages, compresses each page and writes each page to the main stream.

Writes a data section page with specified page index to main stream.

A page must start on a position dividable by 0x20. Padding bytes are filled with random bytes.

Writes a data page header (unencoded).

Each page must be aligned on a boundary.

Represents a R18 file header.

The data is present in the file header at the beginning, and is repeated at the end of the file.

Gets or sets the gaps tree root node id.

Gets or sets the gaps tree lowest left node id.

Gets or sets the gaps tree lowest right node id.

Gets or sets the header 2 offset. The header 2 is a repetition of the file header data at the end of the file.

DWG 2004 uses a variation on the LZ77 compression algorithm.

Hashing is used to speed up for data lookups, so no sliding window is used. Note that because of this optimization not necessarily the longest match is found (favors speed over compression).

A utility class for creating drawables for a model or a layout using the interface.

Creates the drawables for specified model.

The graphics factory. The graphics configuration. The model to draw. The transform to apply to the model.

Creates the drawables for a specified model.

The graphics factory. The graphics configuration. The model of which the entities are part. The entities to draw. The transform to apply to the model.

Creates drawables for given DXF model using given view ports.

Entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The graphics factory. The graphics configuration. The model to draw. The layout containing the paper space entities. The view ports that describe the transformations to paper space. Use to get all the viewports of a layout. If this parameter is null, then all viewports of the specified layout are used.

Creates drawables for given model using given view ports.

The entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The graphics factory. The graphics configuration. The model of which the entities are part. The entities in model space to draw. The entities in model space to draw. The layout containing the paper space entities. The view ports that describe the transformations to paper space. Use to get all the viewports of a layout. If this parameter is null, then all viewports of the specified layout are used.

Represents a processed block of graphic elements (i.e. line type and extrusion have been applied).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the graphic elements in the object coordinate system (OCS).

Gets the inserts.

Gets or sets the transform.

2D point with normal.

An interface for an extended 2D point.

Gets the point between this point and the next vertex at the given fraction (0-1).

Gets the end point of a polyline, which lies between this point and the next vertex at the given fraction (0-1).

This method is intended to be faster in cases where the last point doesn't need all extended properties.

Sets the vertex end properties based on given previous vertex and this vertex is at given fraction (0-1) between the previous and next vertex (where next vertex is not passed to this method, but was used to construct this instance).

Clones this instance.

Gets or sets the position.

Gets or sets whether this is an interpolated point.

Interpolated points are not used as splitting points when Plinegen is used when applying a line type.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Returns a that represents this instance.

Gets the point between this point and the nextVertex at the given fraction (0-1).

See .

Clones this instance.

Gets or sets the position.

See .

Gets or sets the normal.

A node representing a point during editing of an entity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the position.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is selected.

Color context with a fixed foreground color.

Clipper implementation based on a polygonal prism.

Currently it is assumed that always the internal part of the prism is kept, which is not necessarily true in AutoCAD. Furthermore there is no front nor back clipping support due to lack of test data.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The clip boundary transform which inserts the clipping boundary into space. The clip polygon. if true the inside of the polygon is clipped away, the outside is left

Copy constructor.

Polygon clipper to copy.

Test whether a 4D point is inside or outside of the clipping region.

The point to test. true if the point is inside the clipping region, false if the point is outside of the clipping region

Check a bounding box for clipping.

Clip a segment.

Segment to clip. Clipped segment or null if the segment was clipped away.

Clip a polyline.

Polyline to clip. Clipped polyline, maybe empty.

Transform this.

Transformation matrix.

Get the inverse of the clip boundary transform.

Get the clip boundary transform.

Compares the current object with another object of the same type.

A value that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has the following meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This object is less than the parameter.Zero This object is equal to . Greater than zero This object is greater than . An object to compare with this object.

Is the clipping done inverse?

A class for accessing WW.Cad's resource strings (in resource WW.Cad.Strings.resources).

Gets the string.

Gets the resource manager for strings in the WW.Cad assembly.

Represents a DXF exception.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The message.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The message. The inner exception.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The message. The CAD messages.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The CAD message.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The CAD message.

Gets the string representation.

Gets the array of Dxf messages.

render mode.

Classic 2D.

Wire frame.

Hidden line.

Flat shaded.

Gouraud shaded.

Flat shaded with wire frame.

Gouraud shaded with wireframe.

Represents a hatch pattern entity.

To define the hatch border, objects must be defined and added to . There are two types of hatch filling: solid and pattern fill. To create a pattern fill hatch, set property . To create a solid fill hatch, set property to null (the default). A pattern can be either created from code or by reading from a pattern file (see ). The object coordinate system is defined by the and . This entity was introduced in release 14. Below an example is shown of how to create and write a dxf file containing a hatch object.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class HatchExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfHatch hatch = new DxfHatch();
            hatch.Color = EntityColors .Green;
            hatch.ElevationPoint = new Point3D(0, 0, 2);
            hatch.ZAxis = new Vector3D(-0.707, 0, 0.707);
    
            // A boundary path bounded by lines.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath1 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath1.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath1);
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 0), new Point2D(1, 0)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 0), new Point2D(1, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 1), new Point2D(0, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1), new Point2D(0, 0)));
    
            // A boundary path bounded by an ellipse.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath2 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath2.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath2);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge edge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge();
            edge.CounterClockWise = true;
            edge.Center = new Point2D(1, 1);
            edge.MajorAxisEndPoint = new Vector2D(0.4d, -0.2d);
            edge.MinorToMajorRatio = 0.7;
            edge.StartAngle = 0d;
            edge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI * 2d / 3d;
            boundaryPath2.Edges.Add(edge);
            
            // A boundary path bounded by lines and an arc.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath3 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath3.Type = BoundaryPathType.Outermost;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath3);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge arcEdge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge();
            arcEdge.Center = new Point2D(0, 1);
            arcEdge.Radius = 0.5d;
            arcEdge.StartAngle = 0;
            arcEdge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI / 2d;
            arcEdge.CounterClockWise = true;
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(arcEdge);
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1.5d), new Point2D(-0.5, 1d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(-0.5, 1d), new Point2D(0d, 0.5d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0d, 0.5d), new Point2D(0.5d, 1d)));
            
            // A boundary path bounded by a polyline.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath6 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath6.Type = BoundaryPathType.Polyline;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath6);
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData =
                new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline(
                    new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex[] {
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, -0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0-.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, -0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, -0.5)
                    }
                );
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData.Closed = true;
    
            // Define the hatch fill pattern.
            // Don't set a pattern for solid fill.
            hatch.Pattern = new DxfPattern();
            DxfPattern.Line patternLine = new DxfPattern.Line();
            hatch.Pattern.Lines.Add(patternLine);
            patternLine.Angle = System.Math.PI / 4d;
            patternLine.Offset = new Vector2D(0.02, -0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0.02d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            
            model.Entities.Add(hatch);
    
            DxfWriter.Write("Hatch Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Constructor.

Draw (only called when ).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Transform the entity.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified hatch in the context of the specified target model.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Accepts the specified visitor.

Attempts to repair this object if is invalid and if it's possible to repair it.

Gets or sets whether the hatch is associative.

If one or more boundary paths have a boundary object (), then the hatch is associative.

Gets the boundary path model.

Gets or sets the elevation point (specified in the OCS).

Position and Y coordinates of this elevation point are ignored and should be 0.

Gets or sets the fill color.

Gets or sets the hatch pattern angle (radians).

Gets or sets the hatch pattern type (default is HatchPatternType.UserDefined.

This property does not affect the display of the hatch pattern. It merely indicates the original source of the hatch pattern. AutoCAD allows a user to select predefined hatch patterns with names like e.g. "ANGLE" and "ESCHER". These patterns are not included in CadLib.

Gets or sets the hatch style (default is HatchStyle.Normal).

Gets or sets whether the pattern is double (pattern fill only).

Gets or sets the pattern name.

Gets or sets the .

The pattern may be null. If null then solid fill is applied to the hatch. When setting a pattern, the pattern is cloned. When scaling the hatch the local cloned version of the pattern is rescaled (see property ). Takes over the DxfPattern.Name as the hatch pattern if the pattern has a name.

Gets or sets the pixel size used to determine the density to perform various intersection and ray casting operations in hatch pattern computation for associative hatches and hatches created with the Flood method of hatching.

Not written to file.

Gets or sets the scale (only applies to pattern fill). The default value is 1.

Rescales the by the new scale divided by the old scale value if it is not null.

Gets the pattern seed points ( objects).

This property does not apply for solid filled hatches (i.e. is null).

Gets or sets the extrusion direction.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Boundary path model for .

A boundary path is either defined by a or a list of objects depending on the . An example of how to create and write a DXF file containing a hatch object.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class HatchExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfHatch hatch = new DxfHatch();
            hatch.Color = EntityColors .Green;
            hatch.ElevationPoint = new Point3D(0, 0, 2);
            hatch.ZAxis = new Vector3D(-0.707, 0, 0.707);
    
            // A boundary path bounded by lines.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath1 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath1.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath1);
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 0), new Point2D(1, 0)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 0), new Point2D(1, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(1, 1), new Point2D(0, 1)));
            boundaryPath1.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1), new Point2D(0, 0)));
    
            // A boundary path bounded by an ellipse.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath2 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath2.Type = BoundaryPathType.None;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath2);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge edge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.EllipseEdge();
            edge.CounterClockWise = true;
            edge.Center = new Point2D(1, 1);
            edge.MajorAxisEndPoint = new Vector2D(0.4d, -0.2d);
            edge.MinorToMajorRatio = 0.7;
            edge.StartAngle = 0d;
            edge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI * 2d / 3d;
            boundaryPath2.Edges.Add(edge);
            
            // A boundary path bounded by lines and an arc.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath3 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath3.Type = BoundaryPathType.Outermost;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath3);
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge arcEdge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.ArcEdge();
            arcEdge.Center = new Point2D(0, 1);
            arcEdge.Radius = 0.5d;
            arcEdge.StartAngle = 0;
            arcEdge.EndAngle = System.Math.PI / 2d;
            arcEdge.CounterClockWise = true;
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(arcEdge);
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0, 1.5d), new Point2D(-0.5, 1d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(-0.5, 1d), new Point2D(0d, 0.5d)));
            boundaryPath3.Edges.Add(new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.LineEdge(new Point2D(0d, 0.5d), new Point2D(0.5d, 1d)));
            
            // A boundary path bounded by a polyline.
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath6 = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath6.Type = BoundaryPathType.Polyline;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath6);
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData =
                new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline(
                    new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex[] {
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, -0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.5, 0-.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, -0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(0.75, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, 0.25),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(1.25, -0.5)
                    }
                );
            boundaryPath6.PolylineData.Closed = true;
    
            // Define the hatch fill pattern.
            // Don't set a pattern for solid fill.
            hatch.Pattern = new DxfPattern();
            DxfPattern.Line patternLine = new DxfPattern.Line();
            hatch.Pattern.Lines.Add(patternLine);
            patternLine.Angle = System.Math.PI / 4d;
            patternLine.Offset = new Vector2D(0.02, -0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0.02d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(0d);
            patternLine.DashLengths.Add(-0.01d);
            
            model.Entities.Add(hatch);
    
            DxfWriter.Write("Hatch Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Transforms this boundary path.

Clones the specified target model in the context of the specified target model.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Attempts to repair this object if is invalid and if it's possible to repair it.

Copies from specified boundary path in the context of the specified target model.

Gets or sets the boundary path polyline. The default value is null.

When set, the property is set depending on if the value is null.

Gets the boundary path edges.

Filled only if is not . Elements are a sub type of .

Gets or sets the path type.

The default is which means that the boundary path is defined by edges. Use to use a polyline as boundary.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is a polyline (see property ).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is outermost. This is used when the is , but see also and

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is external. This is used when the is either or .

true if this boundary is external; otherwise, false.

Gets a value indicating whether this instance is outer or external.

When this is true the boundary is used when the is . true if this boundary is outer or external; otherwise, false.

Gets the boundary objects.

If one or more boundary objects are present, then the hatch is .

Polyline for .

Note that when the polyline is closed, the last vertex may not be the same as the first vertex.

Constructor.

Constructs a non-closed polyline.

Constructor.

Constructs a non closed polyline.

Constructor.

Constructs a non closed polyline.

Constructor.

Transforms this polyline.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Attempts to repair this object if is invalid and if it's possible to repair it.

Copies from specified polyline in the context of the specified target model.

Gets or sets whether the polyline is closed.

Gets the polyline vertices ( objects).

Note that when the polyline is closed, the last vertex may not be the same as the first vertex.

vertex with and .

Constructor.

Transforms this vertex.

Returns whether this vertex is equal to the specified vertex.

Clones vertex in the context of the specified target model.

Returns a that represents this instance.

Copies from specified vertex in the context of specified target model.

Gets or sets the position.

Gets or sets the x coordinate.

Gets or sets the y coordinate.

Gets or sets the bulge.

Abstract edge class.

Transforms this edge.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clone the edge (see ).

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. The entity. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Add the approximation points of this boundary to the given polyline.

Polyline to which points are added Graphical configuration.

Line edge boundary path.

Constructor.

Transforms this edge.

Clone the edge (see ) in the context of specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Copies from specified line edge in the context of specified target model.

Gets or sets the end point.

Gets or sets the start point.

Circular arc edge boundary path.

Transforms this edge.

Clone the edge (see ) in the context of specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Copies from specified arc edge in the context of specified target model.

Gets or sets the center point.

Gets or sets the end angle (radians).

Gets or sets the radius.

Gets or sets the start angle (radians).

Gets or sets whether the ellipse is to be drawn counter clockwise.

Ellipse edge boundary path.

Transforms this edge.

Clone the edge (see ) in the context of specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Copies from specified ellipse edge in the context of specified target model.

Gets or sets the center point.

Gets or sets the major axis end point (relative to ).

Gets or sets the end angle (radians). The end parameter is calculated from the end angle using , which is used to calculate the ellipse points. The end point is defined as: Center + MajorAxisEndPoint * cos(EndParameter) + MinorAxisEndPoint * sin(EndParameter).

Gets or sets ratio between minor and major axis (default value is 1).

Value should not be larger than 1.

Gets or sets the start angle (radians). The start parameter is calculated from the start angle using , which is used to calculate the ellipse points. The start point is defined as: Center + MajorAxisEndPoint * cos(StartParameter) + MinorAxisEndPoint * sin(StartParameter).

Gets or sets whether the ellipse is to be drawn counter clockwise.

Spline edge boundary path.

Below an example is shown of how to create a drawing containing a hatch object with spline edges.


using System;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class HatchExample {
        public void DemonstrateHatchWithSplineEdge() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel();

            DxfHatch hatch = new DxfHatch();

            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            {
                DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.SplineEdge edge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.SplineEdge();
                edge.Degree = 3;
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(-1, 0));
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(-1, 2));
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(1, 2));
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(1, 0));
                edge.Knots.AddRange(BSplineD.CreateDefaultKnotValues(edge.Degree, 4, false));
                boundaryPath.Edges.Add(edge);
            }
            {
                DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.SplineEdge edge = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.SplineEdge();
                edge.Degree = 3;
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(1, 0));
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(1, -2));
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(-1, -2));
                edge.ControlPoints.Add(new Point2D(-1, 0));
                edge.Knots.AddRange(BSplineD.CreateDefaultKnotValues(edge.Degree, 4, false));
                boundaryPath.Edges.Add(edge);
            }

            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath);
            model.Entities.Add(hatch);

            DxfWriter.Write("HatchExample.DemonstrateHatchWithSplineEdge.dxf", model);
            DwgWriter.Write("HatchExample.DemonstrateHatchWithSplineEdge.dwg", model);
        }
    }
}

Transforms this edge.

Clone the edge (see ) in the context of specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. The entity. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Copies from specified spline edge in the context of specified target model.

Gets the control points ( objects).

Gets or sets the spline's degree. Quadratic splines have degree 2, cubic splines have degree 3.

Gets the knot values (s). Use method to create default knot values.

When defining a spline the number of knots should be equal to the + number of + 1 (also when the spline is closed).

Gets or sets whether the spline is periodic (closed).

Gets or sets whether the spline is rational.

Gets the weights (s).

Gets or sets the fit point data. The default value is null.

Gets the expected knot count (.Count + + 1/>).

Gets whether the knots are valid.

Gets whether the weights are valid.

Represents a visitor interface.

Visits the specified edge.

Represents a hatch boundary path clone builder.

Resolves references for the clone. To be called after all objects have been cloned.

Gets or sets the cloned boundary path.

Gets the original boundary objects.

Represents fit point data for a .

Transforms this fit point data.

Clones this object.

Copies from specified fit point data.

Gets the fit points.

Gets or sets the start tangent.

Gets or sets the end tangent.

Adds the this segment's start point and intersections points into specified points and polylinePointIndexes.

Helper class for calculating 2D segment-segment intersections in the plane.

Multiline text drawing direction.

Left to right.

Right to left. No longer mentioned in dxf revision 19.

Top to bottom.

Bottom to top. No longer mentioned in dxf revision 19.

By .

Represents a multiline text entity.

See property for more information on special processing characters. This entity was introduced in release 13. See also class for non-multiline text. An example of how to create and write a DXF file containing multiline text.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class MTextExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
            DxfMText mtext = new DxfMText(
                @"Multiline1, \P\C003;Multiline2 in Green", 
                new Point3D(-2d, -3d, 1d), 
                1d
            );
            model.Entities.Add(mtext);
            DxfWriter.Write("MText Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The text height is by default the 's FixedHeight. The text. The insertion point.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The text. The insertion point. The height.

Transform the entity.

Draw.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified multiline text in the context of the specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Returns a that represents this instance.

Draw the text to a path drawer.

draw context the path drawer to which everything is drawn

Gets or sets the attachment point. The default value is AttachmentPoint.TopLeft.

Gets or sets the drawing direction. The default value is DrawingDirection.ByStyle.

Gets the width of the text box.

Gets height of the text box.

Gets or sets the height. The height corresponds with the font ascent. The default value is 0.2.

Gets or sets the line spacing factor (optional): Percentage of default (3-on-5) line spacing to be applied. Valid values range from 0.25 to 4.00. The default value is 1.

Gets or sets the type of the background fill. The default value is BackgroundFillFlags.None.

When the background fill type is UseBackgroundFillColor, then property should be set.

Gets or sets the background fill information. The default value is null.

Gets or sets the line spacing style. The default value is LineSpacingStyle.AtLeast.

This property was introduced in .

Gets or sets the text style.

Gets or sets the style, for CadLib internal use only.

Gets or sets the text value.

This text may contain special processing sequences. Not all possible sequences are supported yet. Supported processing sequences (note the the char after the backslash should be uppercase): \ Use the backslash escape for the following characters: \{}~ \An; Vertical alignment: 0 = bottom, 1 = middle, 2 = top. \Cnnn; Set indexed color; nnn is the color index. \cnnnn; Set true color; nnn is the color's BGR value (8 bits per color component). \P New line. \FFONTNAME; Replace FONTNAME with the font name (e.g. romant.shx, Arial or Times New Roman). In case of shx fonts it's the font file name, in case of true type fonts it's the font name. \U[+]nnnn; DxfInsert a unicode character; nnnn is the unicode character number. If the plus sign is specified then nnnn is hexadecimal, otherwise decimal. \Hffff; Set new text height to ffff. Append an x to get a factor from the previous text height. So \H0.7x; reduces the text height to 70%. {block} Curly braces indicate that the prefixed settings only apply to this block. \L Start underlining. \l End underlining. \O Start overlining. \o End overlining. \Qnnn; Oblique angle (degrees), e.g. \Q20;. \S Stacking: e.g. \Sx/y: (horizontal divisor line), \Sx^y: (x stacked above y, no divisor line), \Sx#4: (diagonal divisor line). An example of how to create and write a dxf file containing multiline text.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class MTextExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
            DxfMText mtext = new DxfMText(
                @"Multiline1, \P\C003;Multiline2 in Green", 
                new Point3D(-2d, -3d, 1d), 
                1d
            );
            model.Entities.Add(mtext);
            DxfWriter.Write("MText Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Gets a simplified version of the text without escape sequences.

Gets or sets the reference rectangle width. The default value is zero.

Obsolete: use instead. A line break will result when a line exceeds this width, unless this value is zero.

Gets or sets the reference rectangle width. The default value is zero.

A line break will result when a line exceeds this width, unless this value is zero.

Gets or sets the reference rectangle height.

Obsolete: Gets the thickness (always zero). Only for internal use.

Gets or sets the insertion point, specified in the world coordinate system (WCS).

Gets the internal bounding box defined by the text of this MTEXT.

The internal bounding box is in the coordinate system of this MTEXT. Use to transform this to the place defined by this text. And note that this MTEXT may be part of a BLOCK, which could add further transformations.

Gets or sets the x-axis direction vertex (in WCS).

Gets or sets the extrusion direction ((0, 0, 1) by default).

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Get the transformation from the internal coordinate system into the surrounding world.

Because this MTEXT may be part of a BLOCK, more transformations may be used on it before it is eventually place in the model.

Progress event handler signature.

Event arguments for progress events.

Constructor.

Cancel the running action.

Gets the progress (normalized to 0 to 1 range).

Gets whether the action should be cancelled.

Ascii group writer.

Constructor.

Write a group. See .

Write given group as Int16. See .

Write given group as UInt16. See .

Flushes the writer.

Close the writer and underlying stream.

Ascii group reader.

Interface for reading a group.

Read the next group.

Returns when reached the end of input.

Read the next group.

Returns when reached the end of input.

Close the reader and underlying stream.

Give the current position string for error messages.

Constructor.

Read the next group. See .

Close the reader and underlying stream. See .

Give the current position string for error messages. See .

Represents a point.

The point entity is mainly defined by its . The display of a point is controlled by and . Below is an example of how to create a point.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class PointExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
            
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfPoint(0.8d, 2.2d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfPoint(1.2d, 2.2d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfPoint(1.2d, 1.8d, 3d));
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfPoint(0.8d, 1.8d, 3d));

            DxfWriter.Write("Point Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Transform the entity.

Draw.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified point in the context of the specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Creates a create interactor.

Creates an edit interactor.

Gets or sets the position (in WCS).

Gets or sets the extrusion direction.

Gets or sets the extrusion thickness.

Gets or sets the x-axis angle (radians).

Supported from onwards.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Gets the control points.

Plot style type for new objects.

By layer.

By block.

By dictionary default.

By object id.

Represents a dictionary with default.

The dictionary with default object was introduced in release 15.

Represents a dictionary of name value pairs.

The name value pairs are stored in property . The dictionary object was introduced in release 13.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Assigns a new handle to this object if has a zero handle.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from the specified dictionary in the context of the specified target model.

Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.

Get the value of the first matching entry with a given name.

Entry name to look for. Vlue of first matching entry or null if there was no match.

Gets or sets whether elements of this dictionary are to be treated as hard-owned.

Introduced in release 15.

Gets or sets the duplicate record cloning.

Default value is DuplicateRecordCloning.KeepExisting. Introduced in release 15.

Gets the entries.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified dictionary in the context of the specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Gets or sets the default entry.

Currently only used for plot style dictionary’s default entry, named “Normal”.

Represents a 3D vertex in a object.

The is in the world coordinate system.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified coordinates.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified vertex.

Transform the entity.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from the specified 3D vertext in the context of the specified target model.

Returns the string representation of the vertex position.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets or sets the position.

The position is in the world coordinate system.

Gets or sets the x coordinate.

Gets or sets the y coordinate.

Gets or sets the z coordinate.

Represents a collection of elements.

Represents a collection.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The capacity.

Clones this object collection in the context of given model context.

Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .) Cloned collection.

Represents a collection of handled objects.

The ID buffer was introduced in .

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copies the contents from specified ID buffer.

Gets the handled objects.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

The duplicate record cloning flag determines how duplicate entries are merged.

Not applicable.

Keep existing.

Use clone.

<xref>$0$<name>.

$0$<name>

Unmangle name.

Represents a collection of elements.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The capacity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. is null.

Represents a color. A color has a color type and optional color value (index, RGB). The difference with class is that this class has an optional color book name and name. See also for a number of standard colors.

Use one of the following to get a color: , or . Create an ACI color from a color index value. ACI stands for AutoCAD Color Index. See method . A number of often used ACI colors can be found in class . Create an RGB color using method or one of its overloads. Optionally a color book name and name can be specified. Below is an example of how to create a dimension, assign different colors to the several dimension style properties, and extract their ARGB color values.


using System;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class ColorExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel();

            DxfDimension dimension = new DxfDimension.Aligned(model.DefaultDimensionStyle) {
                DimensionLineLocation = new Point3D(0, 0.2, 0),
                ExtensionLine1StartPoint = new Point3D(0, 0, 0),
                ExtensionLine2StartPoint = new Point3D(2, 0, 0)
            };
            // The "by layer" color depends on the layer color the entity is on (default is the ZERO layer).
            dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.DimensionLineColor = Colors.ByLayer;
            // This is one of the ACI colors. ACI stands for AutoCAD Color Index
            dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.ExtensionLineColor = Colors.Green;
            // This is an RGB color.
            dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextColor = Color.CreateFromRgb(0xff, 0xa0, 0xa0);
            model.Entities.Add(dimension);

            foreach (
                Color color in new [] {
                    dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.DimensionLineColor, 
                    dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.ExtensionLineColor, 
                    dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextColor
                }
            ) {
                // To get the ARGB value of a color, a specific color set must be provided which
                // is used to lookup ACI colors (ACI stands for AutoCAD Color Index).
                // There are several types of colors, of which ACI colors is one.
                //
                // For more details see types:
                // WW.Cad.Model.Color,
                // WW.Cad.Model.Entities.EntityColor,
                // WW.Cad.Model.ColorType
                int argb = color.ToArgb(DxfIndexedColorSet.AcadClassicIndexedColors);
                Console.WriteLine("Argb: {0}", argb);
            }
        }
    }
}

Represents the by layer color.

Represents the by block color.

Represents no color.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Creates a color from a .

Converts this color to a . For colors BYLAYER and BYBLOCK the color is returned.

Get an ARGB color value from this color.

Indexed color mapping. ARGB color value.

Get an ARGB color value from this color.

Indexed color mapping. ARGB color value.

Get an ARGB color value from this color.

Obsolete: there is no one fix color set for indexed colors, use instead. ARGB color value.

Converts this color with specified alpha value to a . For colors BYLAYER and BYBLOCK the color is returned, with specified alpha value applied to it.

Indexed color mapping. Alpha value

Converts this color with specified alpha value to a . For colors BYLAYER and BYBLOCK the color is returned, with specified alpha value applied to it.

Converts this color to an Argb value (A = 255). For colors BYLAYER and BYBLOCK the value 0xff000000 is returned (represents black).

Indexed color mapping.

Converts this color to an Argb value (A = 255). For colors BYLAYER and BYBLOCK the value 0xff000000 is returned (represents black).

Obsolete: there is no one fix color mapping for indexed colors, use instead.

Converts this color with specified alpha value to an Argb value. For colors BYLAYER and BYBLOCK the value corresponding to the color black is returned, with specified alpha value applied to it.

Obsolete: there is no one fix color mapping for indexed colors, use instead.

Returns a that represents this instance.

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. The parameter is null.

Returns a hash code for this instance.

A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.

Determines whether to specified objects have the same value.

Determines whether to specified objects have different values.

Indicates whether the current object is equal to another object of the same type.

An object to compare with this object. true if the current object is equal to the parameter; otherwise, false.

Gets the type of the color.

Gets the red component in case its color type is . To get the effective ARGB value of this color that also works for indexed colors, call method .

Gets the green component in case its color type is . To get the effective ARGB value of this color that also works for indexed colors, call method .

Gets the blue component in case its color type is . To get the effective ARGB value of this color that also works for indexed colors, call method .

Gets the ACI color index in case its color type is .

Gets the RGB value of this color in case its color type is . To get the effective ARGB value of this color that also works for indexed colors, call method .

Below is an example of how to create a dimension, assign different colors to the several dimension style properties, and extract their ARGB color values.


using System;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class ColorExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel();

            DxfDimension dimension = new DxfDimension.Aligned(model.DefaultDimensionStyle) {
                DimensionLineLocation = new Point3D(0, 0.2, 0),
                ExtensionLine1StartPoint = new Point3D(0, 0, 0),
                ExtensionLine2StartPoint = new Point3D(2, 0, 0)
            };
            // The "by layer" color depends on the layer color the entity is on (default is the ZERO layer).
            dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.DimensionLineColor = Colors.ByLayer;
            // This is one of the ACI colors. ACI stands for AutoCAD Color Index
            dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.ExtensionLineColor = Colors.Green;
            // This is an RGB color.
            dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextColor = Color.CreateFromRgb(0xff, 0xa0, 0xa0);
            model.Entities.Add(dimension);

            foreach (
                Color color in new [] {
                    dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.DimensionLineColor, 
                    dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.ExtensionLineColor, 
                    dimension.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextColor
                }
            ) {
                // To get the ARGB value of a color, a specific color set must be provided which
                // is used to lookup ACI colors (ACI stands for AutoCAD Color Index).
                // There are several types of colors, of which ACI colors is one.
                //
                // For more details see types:
                // WW.Cad.Model.Color,
                // WW.Cad.Model.Entities.EntityColor,
                // WW.Cad.Model.ColorType
                int argb = color.ToArgb(DxfIndexedColorSet.AcadClassicIndexedColors);
                Console.WriteLine("Argb: {0}", argb);
            }
        }
    }
}

Gets the name. This only has a value if color type is .

Gets the name of the color book. This only has a value if color type is .

Class for exporting a Cad drawing to the PostScript format.

Note that the PostScript x-axis points right and the y-axis points up, and the origin is at the bottom left. An example of how to read a dxf file and export to PostScript.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Drawing.Printing;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace Example {
    class ExportToPostScriptExample {
        public void ExportToPs(DxfModel model) {
            BoundsCalculator boundsCalculator = new BoundsCalculator();
            boundsCalculator.GetBounds(model);
            Bounds3D bounds = boundsCalculator.Bounds;
            PaperSize paperSize = PaperSizes.GetPaperSize(PaperKind.A4);
            // Lengths in points.
            float pageWidth = paperSize.Width * PsExporter.InchToPoint / 100f;
            float pageHeight = paperSize.Height * PsExporter.InchToPoint / 100f;
            float margin = 50f;
            // Scale and transform such that its fits max width/height
            // and the top left middle of the cad drawing will match the 
            // top middle of the ps page.
            Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                bounds.Corner1,
                bounds.Corner2,
                new Point3D(bounds.Center.X, bounds.Corner2.Y, 0d),
                new Point3D(margin, margin, 0d),
                new Point3D(pageWidth - margin, pageHeight - margin, 0d),
                new Point3D(pageWidth / 2d, pageHeight - margin, 0d)
            );
            using (Stream stream = File.Create("test.ps")) {
                PsExporter exporter = new PsExporter(stream, paperSize);
                exporter.Draw(model, GraphicsConfig.BlackBackground, to2DTransform);
            }
        }
    }
}

Conversion factor from cm to inch.

Conversion factor from inch to points.

Conversion factor from cm to points.

Constructor.

By default the page is of letter format.

Constructor.

See for standard paper sizes. See also for a utility class that converts from to .

Draw given dxf model on the PostScript stream.

Draws only the model space entities. Model to draw. The configuration that steers the drawing. Transform from model space to PostScript paper space.

Draw given dxf model on the PostScript stream.

Draws only the model space entities. Model to draw. The configuration that steers the drawing. Transform from model space to PostScript paper space. Pass handler to track the progress. May be null.

Draw given dxf model on the PostScript stream using given view port.

Begin graphics creation for specified entity. End creation with .

End graphics creation that was started with .

Begin graphics creation for specified insert.

End graphics creation that was started with

Create a colored dot.

The entity creating the dot. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the dot is created for text. the position

Create a colored line segment.

The entity creating the line segment. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the line segment is created for text. The start position. The end position.

Create a colored ray (infinite line in one direction).

The entity creating the ray. The drawing context. The color. The line segment, first point must be the starting point, the second point goes towards infinity.

Create a colored DxfXLine (infinite line in both direction).

The entity creating the xline. The drawing context. The color. Starting point (for bounding box calculation). The line segment, both points approach infinity.

Create a path of dots, lines and polylines.

The entity creating the path. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the path is created for text. The path polylines to draw. Specifies whether the path should be filled.

Create a path of lines and polylines. Similar to but in GDI graphics this matches drawing using .

Create a shape from a 4D shape.

The entity creating the shape. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the shape is created for text. The shape to draw.

Creates graphics for the specified text (call only if returns true).

Creates graphics for the specified image.

Call this to actually write the PostScript file.

Gets or sets the line width.

Default value is 0.1.

Gets or sets the paper size (Default is letter).

See for standard paper sizes.

Gets or sets the title that is stored in the PostScript drawing.

Gets a value indicating whether the object supports text.

Represents the dynamic block X and Y parameter.

Controls the distance in X and Y directions with some origin point.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the label offset. Default value is 0.

Gets or sets the label text.

Gets or sets the description.

Gets or sets the parameter value in X.

Gets or sets the label offset. Default value is 0.

Gets or sets the label text.

Gets or sets the description.

Gets or sets the parameter value in Y.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the dynamic block properties table grip.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the dynamic block point parameter.

Point is defined in the base class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the label text.

Gets or sets the description.

Gets or sets the position of label text.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Helper class for the DXFOle entity. Hides pivoke calls to win32 API.

Return OLE item type.

Return OLE user type.

Return OLE link path.

Return bitmap preview of OLE.

Dictionary for SAT entity creation.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Format for date extraction.

Default value for mm per unit.

Default value for absolute resolution.

Default value for normal resolution.

Date.

Constructor.

SAT version

Set the date from a string.

date string in the format it appears in the file

Get/set the file version.

Get/set the number of records.

Get/set the entity count.

Get/set the history saved flag.

Get/set the product string.

Get/set the ACIS version string.

Get/set the save date.

Get/set the mm per unit scaling.

Get/set the absolute resolutíon.

Get/set the normal resolution.

SAT surface entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

The underlying surface primitive.

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

This method should be overwritten in extending classes to create the correct kind of surface primitive.

newly created surface primitive

Get the underlying surface primitive.

SAT refinement entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

SAT body entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Pointer to first lump.

Pointer to first shell.

Pointer to first wire.

Pointer to transformation.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Most entities are not registered directly to a SAT file. SAT file to register to

Collect all wires belonging to this entity.

indexed wireframe collection where to add wires

Get the first lump belonging to this body.

Get the first shell of this body.

Get the first wire of this body.

Get the transformation.

Get the lumps of this body.

SAT sphere primitive.

SAT surface primitive.

Minimal numbers of extra isoline wires to create.

The u interval.

The v interval.

Dictionary for SAT curve primitives creation.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Add iso lines.

This adds iso lines to a complex shape so the wireframe image is more detailed. wireframe collection where to add iso lines parameter space shape mapper between world and param space

Get a parametric polylin shape for a mapped edge.

Take care of singularities! edge to map polyline in parameter space or null if there is no useful mapping

Collect the wires.

first loop belonging to face indexed wireframe collection where to add wires

Get the interval of the U parameter.

Get the interval of the V parameter.

Get the extended interval for U direction.

Get the extended interval for V direction.

Get a mapper from model space to the param space of this surface and back.

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

SAT sub surface primitives.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

SAT body geometry class.

SAT base body geometry class.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

SAT primitive. Interpolated curve.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

SAT exact_int_cur primitive. Interpolated curve.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

SAT primitive. Interpolated curve.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

Defines a base class that contains a pointer to the original input entity as well as a flag indicating if the entity still exists.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

collection.

An ACIS entity base class as used in .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream to which the DWG file is written. The stream must support writing and seeking. The model to write.

Writes the specified model to the specified stream.

Write the model.

Only used for object sizes.

Modular char, but sign bits are ignored (char being a 1-byte char).

Represents a class for writing a model to an AutoCAD DWG file.

Currently supported versions are versions 13, 14, 15 (AutoCAD 2000), 18 (AutoCAD 2004), 21 (AutoCAD 2007), 24 (AutoCAD 2010) and 27 (AutoCAD 2013). Below is an example of how to create and write a DWG file.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class DwgWriteExample {
        public static void WriteDwgFile() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf15);

            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(EntityColors.Blue, new Point2D(3, 2), 2d);
            model.Entities.Add(circle);

            DxfDimension.Aligned dimension = new DxfDimension.Aligned(model.DefaultDimensionStyle);
            dimension.DimensionLineLocation = new Point3D(7, 2, 0);
            // Touches bottom side of the circle.
            dimension.ExtensionLine1StartPoint = new Point3D(3, 0, 0);
            // Touches top side of the circle.
            dimension.ExtensionLine2StartPoint = new Point3D(3, 4, 0);
            model.Entities.Add(dimension);

            DxfVPort activeViewport = DxfVPort.CreateActiveVPort();
            activeViewport.Center = new Point2D(3, 2);
            activeViewport.Height = 15;
            model.VPorts.Add(activeViewport);

            DwgWriter.Write("Drawing.dwg", model);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream to which the DWG file is written. The stream must support writing and seeking. The model to write.

Writes the specified model to a file with specified file name.

Below is an example of how to create and write a DWG file.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test.Examples {
    public class DwgWriteExample {
        public static void WriteDwgFile() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf15);

            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(EntityColors.Blue, new Point2D(3, 2), 2d);
            model.Entities.Add(circle);

            DxfDimension.Aligned dimension = new DxfDimension.Aligned(model.DefaultDimensionStyle);
            dimension.DimensionLineLocation = new Point3D(7, 2, 0);
            // Touches bottom side of the circle.
            dimension.ExtensionLine1StartPoint = new Point3D(3, 0, 0);
            // Touches top side of the circle.
            dimension.ExtensionLine2StartPoint = new Point3D(3, 4, 0);
            model.Entities.Add(dimension);

            DxfVPort activeViewport = DxfVPort.CreateActiveVPort();
            activeViewport.Center = new Point2D(3, 2);
            activeViewport.Height = 15;
            model.VPorts.Add(activeViewport);

            DwgWriter.Write("Drawing.dwg", model);
        }
    }
}

Writes the specified model to the specified stream.

Write the model.

Gets or sets whether to automatically close the stream after writing (the default value is true).

Class for reading an AutoCAD DWG file into a model object.

DWG versions 13, 14, 2000, 2004, 2007, 2010 and 2013 are supported. Below is an example of how to read a DWG (or DXF) file and export to several formats.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Drawing.Printing;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfExportExample
{
    class DxfExportExample
    {
        public static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            if (args.Length != 2) {
                Console.WriteLine("Usage: DxfExportExample [png|tiff|jpeg|bmp|gif|pdf] <DXF or DWG file>");
                Environment.Exit(0);
            }
            string format = args[0];
            string filename = args[1];

            DxfModel model = null;
            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
            string outfile = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(Path.GetFullPath(filename));
            Stream stream;
            if (format == "pdf") {
                BoundsCalculator boundsCalculator = new BoundsCalculator();
                boundsCalculator.GetBounds(model);
                Bounds3D bounds = boundsCalculator.Bounds;
                PaperSize paperSize = PaperSizes.GetPaperSize(PaperKind.Letter);
                // Lengths in inches.
                float pageWidth = (float)paperSize.Width / 100f;
                float pageHeight = (float)paperSize.Height / 100f;
                float margin = 0.5f;
                // Scale and transform such that its fits max width/height
                // and the top left middle of the cad drawing will match the 
                // top middle of the pdf page.
                // The transform transforms to pdf pixels.
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    new Point3D(bounds.Center.X, bounds.Corner2.Y, 0d),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(margin, margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth - margin, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth / 2d, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel)
                );
                using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".pdf")) {
                    PdfExporter pdfGraphics = new PdfExporter(stream);
                    pdfGraphics.DrawPage(
                        model, 
                        GraphicsConfig.WhiteBackgroundCorrectForBackColor, 
                        to2DTransform,
                        paperSize
                    );
                    pdfGraphics.EndDocument();
                }
            } else {
                GDIGraphics3D graphics = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
                Size maxSize = new Size(500, 500);
                Bitmap bitmap = 
                    ImageExporter.CreateAutoSizedBitmap(
                        model, 
                        graphics, 
                        Matrix4D.Identity, 
                        System.Drawing.Color.Black, 
                        maxSize
                    );
                switch (format) {
                    case "bmp":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".bmp")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToBmp(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "gif":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".gif")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToGif(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "tiff":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".tiff")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToTiff(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "png":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".png")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToPng(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "jpg":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".jpg")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToJpeg(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    default:
                        Console.WriteLine("Unknown format " + format + ".");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream to read from.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The filename of the file to open.

Reads a DWG file from the specified filename.

Below is an example of how to read a DWG (or DXF) file and export to several formats.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Drawing.Printing;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfExportExample
{
    class DxfExportExample
    {
        public static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            if (args.Length != 2) {
                Console.WriteLine("Usage: DxfExportExample [png|tiff|jpeg|bmp|gif|pdf] <DXF or DWG file>");
                Environment.Exit(0);
            }
            string format = args[0];
            string filename = args[1];

            DxfModel model = null;
            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
            string outfile = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(Path.GetFullPath(filename));
            Stream stream;
            if (format == "pdf") {
                BoundsCalculator boundsCalculator = new BoundsCalculator();
                boundsCalculator.GetBounds(model);
                Bounds3D bounds = boundsCalculator.Bounds;
                PaperSize paperSize = PaperSizes.GetPaperSize(PaperKind.Letter);
                // Lengths in inches.
                float pageWidth = (float)paperSize.Width / 100f;
                float pageHeight = (float)paperSize.Height / 100f;
                float margin = 0.5f;
                // Scale and transform such that its fits max width/height
                // and the top left middle of the cad drawing will match the 
                // top middle of the pdf page.
                // The transform transforms to pdf pixels.
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    new Point3D(bounds.Center.X, bounds.Corner2.Y, 0d),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(margin, margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth - margin, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth / 2d, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel)
                );
                using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".pdf")) {
                    PdfExporter pdfGraphics = new PdfExporter(stream);
                    pdfGraphics.DrawPage(
                        model, 
                        GraphicsConfig.WhiteBackgroundCorrectForBackColor, 
                        to2DTransform,
                        paperSize
                    );
                    pdfGraphics.EndDocument();
                }
            } else {
                GDIGraphics3D graphics = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
                Size maxSize = new Size(500, 500);
                Bitmap bitmap = 
                    ImageExporter.CreateAutoSizedBitmap(
                        model, 
                        graphics, 
                        Matrix4D.Identity, 
                        System.Drawing.Color.Black, 
                        maxSize
                    );
                switch (format) {
                    case "bmp":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".bmp")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToBmp(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "gif":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".gif")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToGif(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "tiff":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".tiff")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToTiff(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "png":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".png")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToPng(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "jpg":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".jpg")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToJpeg(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    default:
                        Console.WriteLine("Unknown format " + format + ".");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

Reads a DWG file from the specified filename.

Below is an example of how to read a DWG (or DXF) file and export to several formats.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Drawing.Printing;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfExportExample
{
    class DxfExportExample
    {
        public static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            if (args.Length != 2) {
                Console.WriteLine("Usage: DxfExportExample [png|tiff|jpeg|bmp|gif|pdf] <DXF or DWG file>");
                Environment.Exit(0);
            }
            string format = args[0];
            string filename = args[1];

            DxfModel model = null;
            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
            string outfile = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(Path.GetFullPath(filename));
            Stream stream;
            if (format == "pdf") {
                BoundsCalculator boundsCalculator = new BoundsCalculator();
                boundsCalculator.GetBounds(model);
                Bounds3D bounds = boundsCalculator.Bounds;
                PaperSize paperSize = PaperSizes.GetPaperSize(PaperKind.Letter);
                // Lengths in inches.
                float pageWidth = (float)paperSize.Width / 100f;
                float pageHeight = (float)paperSize.Height / 100f;
                float margin = 0.5f;
                // Scale and transform such that its fits max width/height
                // and the top left middle of the cad drawing will match the 
                // top middle of the pdf page.
                // The transform transforms to pdf pixels.
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    new Point3D(bounds.Center.X, bounds.Corner2.Y, 0d),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(margin, margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth - margin, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth / 2d, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel)
                );
                using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".pdf")) {
                    PdfExporter pdfGraphics = new PdfExporter(stream);
                    pdfGraphics.DrawPage(
                        model, 
                        GraphicsConfig.WhiteBackgroundCorrectForBackColor, 
                        to2DTransform,
                        paperSize
                    );
                    pdfGraphics.EndDocument();
                }
            } else {
                GDIGraphics3D graphics = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
                Size maxSize = new Size(500, 500);
                Bitmap bitmap = 
                    ImageExporter.CreateAutoSizedBitmap(
                        model, 
                        graphics, 
                        Matrix4D.Identity, 
                        System.Drawing.Color.Black, 
                        maxSize
                    );
                switch (format) {
                    case "bmp":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".bmp")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToBmp(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "gif":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".gif")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToGif(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "tiff":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".tiff")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToTiff(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "png":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".png")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToPng(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "jpg":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".jpg")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToJpeg(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    default:
                        Console.WriteLine("Unknown format " + format + ".");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

Reads a DWG file from the specified filename.

Below is an example of how to read a DWG (or DXF) file and export to several formats.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Drawing.Printing;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfExportExample
{
    class DxfExportExample
    {
        public static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            if (args.Length != 2) {
                Console.WriteLine("Usage: DxfExportExample [png|tiff|jpeg|bmp|gif|pdf] <DXF or DWG file>");
                Environment.Exit(0);
            }
            string format = args[0];
            string filename = args[1];

            DxfModel model = null;
            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
            string outfile = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(Path.GetFullPath(filename));
            Stream stream;
            if (format == "pdf") {
                BoundsCalculator boundsCalculator = new BoundsCalculator();
                boundsCalculator.GetBounds(model);
                Bounds3D bounds = boundsCalculator.Bounds;
                PaperSize paperSize = PaperSizes.GetPaperSize(PaperKind.Letter);
                // Lengths in inches.
                float pageWidth = (float)paperSize.Width / 100f;
                float pageHeight = (float)paperSize.Height / 100f;
                float margin = 0.5f;
                // Scale and transform such that its fits max width/height
                // and the top left middle of the cad drawing will match the 
                // top middle of the pdf page.
                // The transform transforms to pdf pixels.
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    new Point3D(bounds.Center.X, bounds.Corner2.Y, 0d),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(margin, margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth - margin, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth / 2d, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel)
                );
                using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".pdf")) {
                    PdfExporter pdfGraphics = new PdfExporter(stream);
                    pdfGraphics.DrawPage(
                        model, 
                        GraphicsConfig.WhiteBackgroundCorrectForBackColor, 
                        to2DTransform,
                        paperSize
                    );
                    pdfGraphics.EndDocument();
                }
            } else {
                GDIGraphics3D graphics = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
                Size maxSize = new Size(500, 500);
                Bitmap bitmap = 
                    ImageExporter.CreateAutoSizedBitmap(
                        model, 
                        graphics, 
                        Matrix4D.Identity, 
                        System.Drawing.Color.Black, 
                        maxSize
                    );
                switch (format) {
                    case "bmp":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".bmp")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToBmp(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "gif":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".gif")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToGif(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "tiff":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".tiff")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToTiff(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "png":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".png")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToPng(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "jpg":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".jpg")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToJpeg(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    default:
                        Console.WriteLine("Unknown format " + format + ".");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

Path of DWG file. Progress handler (possibly null). A collection of the messages and warnings issued during the read process.

Reads a DWG file from the specified stream.

Stream to read from. Progress handler (possibly null). A collection of the messages and warnings issued during the read process.

Creates and reads the DWG file contents into the created model.

Reads the contents of the DWG file into given object.

Not always goes right...

Gets the section bit stream.

Name of the section (R18 and later). Index of the section (before R18).

Gets the section byte stream.

Name of the section (R18 and later). Index of the section (before R18).

Gets the section stream.

Name of the section (R18 and later). Index of the section (before R18).

Fire the event.

Reads the file header so the code page and section locators are known.

Does Reed Solomon decoding without actually using Reed Solomon.

Note that 'systematic' Reed Solomon is used where the data itself is reused in the encoded data.

Reads the object map.

The Object Map is a table which gives the location of each object in the file. This table is broken into sections.

The second header contains only redundant data, but read it for understanding the section.

Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.

The progress event.

Gets the messages that were produced during the reading of a DWG file.

Represents a utility class for reading DXF or DWG files.

This is a convenience class that either uses or depending on the extension of the filename. DWG versions 13, 14, 2000, 2004 and 2007 are supported.

Reads a model from the specified filename (either a .dxf or a .dwg file).

DWG versions 13, 14, 2000, 2004 and 2007 are supported.

Reads a model from the specified filename (either a .dxf or a .dwg file).

DWG versions 13, 14, 2000, 2004 and 2007 are supported.

Returns whether the specified filename extension is of a DWG file.

Returns whether the specified filename extension is of a DXF file.

Temporary data container until the exact type of polyline can be determined based on its Flags.

Abstract polygon mesh base class.

The polygon mesh is optionally closed in m and/or n direction. See properties and .

Fills polylines according to the specified surfaceVertices.

Gets or sets whether the polygon mesh is closed in M direction.

Gets or sets whether the polyline is closed in N direction.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Transform to get from the raw points to the final coordinates.

Represents a segment primitive.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets or sets the start point.

Gets or sets the end point.

Represents a 2D polyline primitive where each point is associated with a 2D normal vector.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets or sets the wrappee.

Gets or sets the transform.

Factory interface for creating surface graphics objects.

Begins a node.

Ends a node.

Set color.

Creates a point.

Creates a line segment.

Creates an optionally closed polyline.

Creates a triangle.

Creates a quad.

Creates a quad strip.

Creates a polygon mesh.

Creates textured triangles.

Represents an interactor to select one or more entities. Use the sub classes to scale and move the selection.

Property must be set and updated every time the projection transform for displaying the drawing changes. In model space this interactor operates on model space entities only. In paper space this interactor operates on paper space entities only. Attributes are treated as part of inserts based on property .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The wireframe graphics cache. The graphics configuration. The model. The entity collection on which this interactor operates. The command invoker.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The wireframe graphics cache. The graphics configuration. The model. The layout. If null then this interactor works in model space, otherwise if the layout is a paper space layout it works in paper space. The entity collection on which this interactor operates. The command invoker.

Call this method when a mouse button is pressed.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when the mouse moves.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when a mouse button is released.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Transforms the selection using specified transformation matrix. The scaling and translation parameters are redundant, but are used to inform subscribers of the scaling and translation components of the transformation matrix in the event.

Raises the event.

This method has to be called by transform interactors when their interaction starts.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point for paper space entities only.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle for paper space entities only.

Undo the previous transform.

Update the graphics cache.

Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.

Occurs when the selection has been transformed.

Occurs when the selection changed.

Gets the selected entities.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Y axis points down. The default value is true.

Gets or sets the projection transform. This is needed to calculate the bounds of the selection in the display coordinate system (DCS), which is used for hit testing.

Gets the selection bounds in the display coordinate system (DCS).

Represents a scale from base point transformation interactor. This interactor has to be activated by an external trigger to work (call method ).

Represents a base transformation interactor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Is called when this interactor is activated.

Gets the select and transform interactor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Call this method when a mouse button is pressed.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when the mouse moves.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when a mouse button is released.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Raises the event.

Occurs when this object changed.

Occurs when a mouse move event was processed.

Gets the hint to the user about what input the interactor is expecting next.

The view for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Represents a move transformation interactor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Call this method when a mouse button is pressed.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when the mouse moves.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when a mouse button is released.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Cancels the translation.

Raises the event.

Occurs when this object changed.

Occurs when a mouse move event was processed.

Gets or sets the the area at which a mouse down will start moving the selected entities. The default value is .

Represents a GDI drawable for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the cursor. Returns null if the cursor should remain unchanged.

Represents a GDI drawable for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The interactor.

Draw this object.

The event arguments containing the transform and undoable action when a transformation is performend.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The transform. The scaling component of the transformation matrix. The translation component of the transformation matrix. The undoable action. if set to true this is an intermediate transform. A mouse move results in an intermediate transform, a mouse up results in a non-intermediate transform.

Gets the transform.

Gets the scaling component of the transformation matrix.

Gets the translation component of the transformation matrix.

Gets the undoable action.

Gets a value indicating whether this instance is an intermediate transform. A mouse move results in an intermediate transform, a mouse up results in a non-intermediate transform.

The selection rectangle area.

The selection rectangle itself, excluding the inside.

The selection rectangle, including the inside.

Represents a scale transformation interactor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Call this method when a mouse button is pressed.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when the mouse moves.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Call this method when a mouse button is released.

Returns whether this interactor consumed the mouse event.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep the aspect ratio when scaling entities. The default value is true.

Represents a GDI drawable for .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The interactor.

Draw this object.

Gets the cursor. Returns null if the cursor should remain unchanged.

Represents a utility class to convert to .

When exporting to PDF a paper size can be set, but no printer settings are involved, so this class is helpful in that case.

Converts to .

When exporting to PDF a paper size can be set, but no printer settings are involved, so this class is helpful in that case. null when no conversion was possible.

Represents a tolerance entity showing boxed tolerance text fields.

The main properties are defining the text, defining the position, defining the direction. This entity was introduced in release 13. An example of how to create and write a dxf file containing tolerance objects.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;

using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class ToleranceExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfCircle circle = new DxfCircle(Point3D.Zero, 2);
            circle.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            model.Entities.Add(circle);
            
            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(2, 2, 0), Point3D.Zero);
            model.Entities.Add(line1);
    
            DxfTolerance tolerance1 = new DxfTolerance(model);
            tolerance1.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(2, 2, 0);
            tolerance1.Text = "DxfTolerance text 1";
            tolerance1.DimensionStyleOverrides.ScaleFactor = 2;
            tolerance1.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextHeight= 0.1;
            tolerance1.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextColor = Colors.Green;
            model.Entities.Add(tolerance1);
    
            DxfLine line2 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(2, -2, 0), Point3D.Zero);
            model.Entities.Add(line2);
    
            DxfTolerance tolerance2 = new DxfTolerance(model);
            tolerance2.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(2, -2, 0);
            tolerance2.Text = @"DxfTolerance text 2%%vPart 2^JSecond line";
            tolerance2.DimensionStyleOverrides.ScaleFactor = 4;
            tolerance2.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextHeight= 0.1;
            tolerance2.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextColor = Colors.Red;
            model.Entities.Add(tolerance2);
    
            DxfLine line3 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(-2, -2, 0), Point3D.Zero);
            model.Entities.Add(line3);
    
            DxfTolerance tolerance3 = new DxfTolerance(model);
            tolerance3.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(-2, -2, 0);
            tolerance3.Text = @"DxfTolerance text 4%%vPart 2^JSecond line^JThird line";
            tolerance3.DimensionStyleOverrides.ScaleFactor = 1;
            tolerance3.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextHeight= 0.1;
            tolerance3.DimensionStyleOverrides.TextColor = Colors.Red;
            model.Entities.Add(tolerance3);
    
            DxfWriter.Write("Tolerance Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The model, of which the is used for the dimension style.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The dimension style.

Transform the entity.

Draw (only called when ).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from the specified tolerance object in the context of the specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Draw (only called when ).

path drawer to draw to color to use The line weight.

Gets the dimension style overrides.

The overrides override properties of .

Gets or sets the dimension style.

Together with the the dimension style determines the style aspects of the dimension. The dimension style is shared and must be present in .

Gets or sets the insertion point (in world coordinate system).

Gets or sets the text.

The table of special character sequences that affect the rendering of the text: Character sequence Description %%p Field separator (max 4). ^J New line. Example text: Field 1%%vField 2^JField on next line.

Gets or sets the text x-axis direction.

Default value is (1, 0, 0).

Gets or sets the z-axis.

Default value is (0, 0, 1).

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Get the transform.

Draw one box of the tolerance text to a path drawer.

tolerance entity path drawer transformation to apply color to use The line weight.

Orthographic type used for e.g. specifying the orthographic type of a .

None.

Top.

Bottom.

Front.

Back.

Left.

Right.

Spline flags used by .

None.

Closed.

Periodic.

Rational.

Planar.

Linear (planar flag is also set).

Logging class.

Constructor.

Log a message.

Log a debug message.

Log a info message.

Log a warning message.

Log a error message.

Returns log statistics containing number of messages, warnings, errors and debug messages.

The returned object is the current state and is not updated afterwards.

Fire event.

Fired when a message is logged.

Gets the logging.

This class contains the configuration for graphics rendering.

The graphics rendering behaviour is determined by this object, for better performance, the number of approximation line segments can be decreased. For better precision but slower speed, increase these numbers (e.g. , ).

Transformation configuration.

This class provides settings used during transformation of entities.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to treat attributes as part of insert when transforming the insert. The default value is true.

When e.g. drawing a selection rectangle around an insert, this determines whether the insert's attributes are included in this rectangle or excluded.

Use this as a default configuration for black backgrounds.

It will use the same colors as AutoCAD is using for black backgrounds, which is also known as the "classic" color set. This will also take care that no indexed color will be the same as the background color.

Use this as a default configuration for white backgrounds.

Outdated configuration with a black background color (this object is read only).

Obsolete: Use instead.

The default configuration with a black background color (this object is read only). The foreground color is inverted when equal to the background color.

The default configuration with a white background color (this object is read only).

The default configuration with a white background color (this object is read only). The foreground color is inverted when equal to the background color.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

This will use AutoCAD like indexed color handling. Color of the background.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

This will use either or indexed color handling, depending on the parameter. Obsolete: you should prefer the constructor with the parameter. Color of the background. if set to true correct the foreground color for background color (inverts the foreground color).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Color of the background. How to set the colors for the indexed color map.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

This will use AutoCAD like indexed color handling. if set to true this is a read only object.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

This will use AutoCAD like indexed color handling. if set to true this is a read only object. Color of the background.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

This will use either or indexed color handling, depending on the parameter. Obsolete: you should prefer the constructor with the parameter. if set to true this is a read only object. Color of the background. if set to true correct the foreground color for background color (inverts the foreground color).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

if set to true this is a read only object. Color of the background. How to set the colors for the indexed color map.

Clones this object.

Gets or sets the back ground color (The default is black).

Gets or sets the number of line segments in which arcs, circles and ellipses are split. The default value is 30.

Gets or sets the number of line segments in which spline and bezier parts are split. The default value is 32.

Get/set the epsilon accuracy used for flattening shapes into polylines. The default value is .

Gets or sets whether to show spline approximation points. The default value is false.

Gets or sets whether to show spline control points. The default value is false.

Gets or sets whether to show spline interpolated points. The default value is true.

Gets or sets whether to apply line type. The default value is true.

Gets or sets whether to show the text alignment points (mainly for debugging). The default value is false.

Gets or sets whether to show the hatch boundary lines. The default value is false.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show disabled layers (see ). The default value is false.

Gets or sets whether to show frozen layers. The default value is false.

Gets or sets whether to show the dimension definition points (mainly for debugging). The default value is false.

Gets or sets whether to display the line weight. The default value is true.

The drawings's settings can be used by setting this property to the value of . Get the header from . When set to false GDIGraphics3D uses properties TextPenWidth and NontTextPenWidth to draw lines.

Gets or sets the default line weight in 100th of mm. The default value is 0.25 mm.

Gets or sets the dots per inch. This value is used for determining the pen width depending on e.g. . The default value is 100.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to correct color for the background color. Default value is true.

Get the color mapping for indexed colors.

Gets or sets the fixed foreground color. The value is null if the foreground color is not fixed.

Gets or sets the node size in pixels when showing nodes. The default value is 6 pixels.

Gets or sets the node color.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to try drawing text as text (default is false).

When e.g. rendering to PDF, text may be rendered as line segments (the default) or as PDF text. The graphics object must support text for this option to have effect, see .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to draw images (default value is true).

Gets or sets the max repeat count of a line type when applied to an entity. In case the maximum is exceeded, the line type is not applied. The default value is 1000.

Sometimes an entity is very large compared to the total length of a line type pattern, potentially resulting in a single line being split into thousands of line segments. Use this setting to limit the amount of line segments produced for better performance.

Gets or sets the max hatch pattern repeat count. The default value is 100,000.

Sometimes a hatch is very large compared to the hatch pattern. This property controls the maximum limit for the pattern repeat count. When this limit is exceeded, the hatch is drawing using a solid color.

Gets or sets how to handle spatial filters.

Spatial filters are used in AutoCAD to clip away entities from insertions. At the moment spatial filters are only supported in and rendering.

Gets or sets whether to reorder entities during drawing.

AutoCAD uses objects associated with blocks to draw entities in a different order, which changes the visual stacking order according to the socalled Painter's Algorithm. If this property is set to true, entities of a block are reordered during drawing if there is an associated with a block, otherwise the entities are drawn in file order. In AutoCAD the decision whether sorting is used or not is determined by the settings of the header's .

Gets a value indicating whether this object is read only.

Get or sets the plot style manager. The default is null, i.e. no manager.

If a plot style manager is defined, it is used for defining color and other properties for plotting an entity. If it is defined, the following settings are no longer used (but it is possible to imitate their behavior by defining an appropriate PlotStyleManager): ,

Gets or sets the image size for OLE objects. The default value is 200.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to treat attributes as part of insert when transforming the insert. The default value is true.

When e.g. drawing a selection rectangle around an insert, this determines whether the insert's attributes are included in this rectangle or excluded.

How to handle indexed colors, especially with respect to background colors.

Most colors in AutoCAD are based on an indexed color model using a set of 255 colors.

Try to mimick handling indexed colors the way AutoCAD is doing.

AutoCAD is doing a quite complex color selection for indexed colors, depending on the background color.

Behave like CadLib until version *.*.34.80, without correction for background colors.

Behave like CadLib until version *.*.34.80, with correction for background colors.

reader for shx unicode 1.1 files.

reader for shx 1.0 files.

Constructor.

Read shapes into shape file.

Constructor.

Read shapes into shape file.

Shape.

Constructor.

The SHX file containing this shape. The shape index in the file The unicode character index. The description. The geometry.

Get the path for this shape.

Obsolete. The number of lines for building an arc are no longer needed, arcs are created as b-splines. Use instead.

Get the path for this shape.

draw for vertical output? return of the end point (i.e. the point where drawing the next character starts) the graphical path representing this SHX shape, which has to be drawn unfilled

Get the path for this shape.

draw for vertical output? return of the end point (i.e. the point where drawing the next character starts) the graphical path representing this SHX shape, which has to be drawn unfilled

Gets the shape index as defined in the SHX file.

Gets the shape index in unicode.

Gets the shape description.

Get the horizontal advance of this character shape.

Get the vertical advance of this character shape.

Get the bounding box when drawing horizontally.

Get the bounding box when drawing vertically.

Constructor.

Adds an arc as a bezier curve.

Adds a bulge arc as a series of line segments.

See "DXF-Intern" p. 337

Add a path to this plotter, thereby updating the position.

path to add connect to previous path?

Adds a move to only if needed. In System.Drawing.GraphicsPath 2 consecutive move to commands result in an illegal GraphicsPath. This ensures there is only 1 consecutive move to command.

Group codes (only a very small subset is listed here).

Entity type.

Name.

Layer name.

Subclass model marker (with derived class name as a string). Required for all objects and entity classes that are derived from another concrete class. The subclass model marker segregates model defined by different classes in the inheritance chain for the same object. This is in addition to the requirement for DXF names for each distinct concrete class derived from ObjectARX (see "Subclass Markers")

Comment.

variable.

Constructor.

Name.

Gets or sets the value groups.

This enum controls paper space line type scaling.

Viewport scaling governs linetype scaling.

No special linetype scaling.

Path drawer for wireframe context.

Constructor.

entity which is drawn draw context The graphics factory.

Represents a 's summary info. Supported from version onwards.

Default constructor.

Copy constructor.

summary info to copy from

Gets or sets the title.

Gets or sets the subject.

Gets or sets the author.

Gets or sets the keywords.

Gets or sets the comments.

Gets or sets who saved the drawing last.

Gets or sets the revision number.

Gets or sets the hyper link base.

Gets or sets the total editing time.

Gets or sets the creation date time.

Gets or sets the modified date time.

Gets the properties. The property names are normally unique, but they don't have to be.

Represents a property consisting of a name and value.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Returns a that represents this instance.

Gets or sets the name.

Gets or sets the value.

Static container for objects.

This class stores pattern file contents in memory. Note that no pattern files are supplied with CadLib, but free .pat files can be found on the internet. AutoCAD stores its predefined patterns in Acad.pat. Below is an example of how to read a pattern file and applying one of its patterns to a hatch.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;

namespace Examples {
    public class PatternReaderExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfPatternStore.Add(PatternReader.ReadPatterns("Acad.pat"));

            DxfHatch hatch = new DxfHatch();
            hatch.Pattern = DxfPatternStore.GetPatternWithName("BRSTONE");
            DxfHatch.BoundaryPath boundaryPath = new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath();
            boundaryPath.Type = BoundaryPathType.Polyline;
            hatch.BoundaryPaths.Add(boundaryPath);
            boundaryPath.PolylineData =
                new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline(
                    new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex[] {
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(-0.5, -40.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(-0.5, -2.5),
                        new DxfHatch.BoundaryPath.Polyline.Vertex(40.5, -2.5)
                    }
                );
            boundaryPath.PolylineData.Closed = true;
            model.Entities.Add(hatch);
    
            DxfWriter.Write("Hatch Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Adds a .

If an entry already existed for the pattern name it is replaced. The pattern to add, must have a name.

Adds given objects.

If an entry already existed for the pattern name it is replaced. The patterns to add, each pattern must have a name.

Gets the with given name.

The pattern name. The found pattern or null if not present.

Gets all stored patterns.

Clears all patterns from the pattern store.

Represents a 2D or light weight poly line entity (LWPOLYLINE), built from objects.

A light weight polyline consists of straight lines and arcs. The arcs are defined by the property. The object coordinate system that affects all is defined by and . This entity was introduced in release 13. An example of how to create and write a dxf file containing a 2D polyline.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class LwPolylineExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            DxfLwPolyline p2d = new DxfLwPolyline();
            p2d.Color = EntityColors.LightBlue;
            p2d.Closed = true;
            p2d.Elevation = 1d;
            p2d.Vertices.AddRange(
                new DxfLwPolyline.Vertex[] {
                    new DxfLwPolyline.Vertex(-3d, 0d),
                    new DxfLwPolyline.Vertex(-4d, 2d),
                    new DxfLwPolyline.Vertex(-5d, 3d),
                    new DxfLwPolyline.Vertex(-4d, 0d),
                    new DxfLwPolyline.Vertex(-3.5d, -0.5d)
                }
            );
            model.Entities.Add(p2d);

            DxfWriter.Write("LwDxfPolyline Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Explodes this polyline into a collection of LINE () and ARC () entities.

Creates a create interactor.

Creates an edit interactor.

Transform the entity.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified lightweight polyline in the context of specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Get all vertices () of poly line.

Gets or sets whether the polyline is closed. The default value is false.

Gets or sets whether the line type is applied on the polyline as a whole (true), or on each line segment separately (false). The default value is false.

Get or sets the elevation.

z-axis of OCS (object coordinate system).

Gets or sets the extrusion thickness.

Zero if not used. Start/end width of is then used.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Transform to get from the raw points to the final coordinates.

Gets the control points.

Only and are applicable.

2D vertex with width that is part of a .

It has additional attributes like , and . The is in the object coordinate system, defined by the ( and ).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The position.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The position. The bulge. contains helper methods to calculate a bulge value: and .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The position. The start width. The end width. The bulge. contains helper methods to calculate a bulge value: and .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this lightweight polyline vertex in the context of the specified target model.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified vertex in the context of the specified target model.

Clones this instance.

Copies from specified vertex in the context of the specified target model.

Gets the hash code.

Returns if equal to other .

Returns if both arguments are equal.

Returns a that represents this instance.

Returns if both arguments are unequal.

Gets or sets the end width of next line segment.

Gets or sets the start width of next line segment.

Gets or sets the coordinates.

Gets or sets the x coordinate.

Gets or sets the y coordinate.

Gets or sets the bulge (optional; default is 0) for curve segment. A negative value indicates a clockwise arc, a positive value indicates a counter clockwise arc.

The bulge is the tangent of one fourth the included angle for an arc segment, made negative if the arc goes clockwise from the start point to the endpoint. A bulge of 0 indicates a straight segment, and a bulge of 1 is a semicircle. The bulge. contains helper methods to calculate a bulge value: and .

Gets or sets the vertex ID.

This property was introduced in .

Gets or sets the normal vertex.

collection.

Gets the object at the specified index.

Gets the count.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The capacity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Adds the specified vertex.

Adds a vertex with specified coordinates.

Adds the specified vertices.

Gets the object at the specified index.

Creates and inserts a new control point at the specified index.

Gets the count.

Gets a value indicating whether the control point count is fixed. If true then no control points can be added or removed.

A collection class.

Represents an image showing a .

An image inserts an image definition () at a specifiable position. To scale the image, scale properties and . Set the BoundaryVertices to specify the image's visible portion (mandatory). This class was introduced in Below is an example of how to create an image definition and an image.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Examples {
    public class ImageWriteExample {
        public static void CreateModelWithImage() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel();

            DxfImageDef imageDef = new DxfImageDef(model);
            imageDef.Filename = "image.png";
            imageDef.Size = new Size2D(840d, 525d);
            imageDef.DefaultPixelSize = new Size2D(1d, 1d);
            imageDef.ImageIsLoaded = true;
            model.Images.Add(imageDef);

            DxfImage image = new DxfImage();
            image.ImageDef = imageDef;
            image.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(3d, 2d, 0d);
            image.ImageDisplayFlags = ImageDisplayFlags.ShowImage;
            image.SetDefaultBoundaryVertices();
            model.Entities.Add(image);

            DxfWriter.Write("Image Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

For some reason AutoCAD offsets pixel values by half a pixel.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes , and based on the image definition's and .

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Sets the image definition and optionally updates the and using image definition's .

Transform the entity

Sets the default boundary vertices to show the entire image rectangle.

Copies from specified image using the specified clone context.

Gets or sets the insertion point (corresponds to the bottom left corner of the image).

Gets or sets the image x-axis. The length represents the pixel size in the x-direction (use this to scale the image).

The x-axis is automatically set when the property is set.

Gets or sets the image y-axis. The length represents the pixel size in the y-direction (use this to scale the image).

The y-axis is automatically set when the property is set.

Gets or sets the image size in pixels.

The size is automatically set when the property is set. To scale the image, scale properties and .

Gets or sets the image.

The image must be part of . Initializes , and based on the image definition's and . To not change the axes when setting the image definition, use method and pass false for parameter updateAxes.

Gets or sets the image display flags.

Gets or sets whether clipping is enabled (default is false).

Gets or sets the brightness (0-100, default is 50).

Gets or sets the contrast (0-100, default is 50).

Gets or sets the fade value (0-100, default is 0).

Gets the boundary vertices of the visible portion of the image.

The boundary vertices are defined in image coordinates, the origin being the center of the top left pixel of the image. The x-axis points right and the y-axis points down. Use 2 boundary vertices to indicate the opposite corners of a rectangle boundary. Use more vertices to create a polygonal boundary. This property must be set, otherwise the image is not visible. Use method to set the default boundary vertices that shows the entire image. However polygonal boundaries can specified, CadLib currently only renders rectangular images.

Gets or sets the clip mode.

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Get the size of the referenced image.

The actual size reflects the real size of the referenced image if it could be loaded. Otherwise it will return the same as .

Get the clip boundary clipped to the referenced image size. The return values are in image coordinates (origin at the bottom left of the image).

Get the bounds of the clipping boundary, in image coordinates.

Represents the clip mode.

Clip the outside.

Clip the inside.

Represents background fill information for MTEXT.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from the specified object.

Gets or sets the scale factor. The default value is 1.5.

Gets or sets the color. The default value is .

Gets or sets the transparency. The default value is transparency by layer.

Represents a collection of elements.

Default constructor.

Constructor allowing to set a capacity.

initial capacity

Gets the class object for specifed object type (or class number).

Determines whether this collection contains a class with the specified C++ name.

Determines whether this collection contains a class with the specified DXF name.

Type defining dimension arrow and text placement if space is not sufficient to place both within the extension lines.

Places both text and arrows outside extension lines.

Moves arrows first, then text.

Moves text first, then arrows.

Moves either text or arrows, whichever fits best.

Represents a table cell type (see )

Data cell type.

Label cell type.

The table entity with which tabular data can be represented.

By default when adding rows, the first row's gets assigned the , the second row gets assigned and subsequence rows get assigned the . The row/cell/cell content cell style instance may be changed, but must be present in . The easiest way to setup a table is to create a DxfTable instance, and set the and . This will populate the and and create instances. Each cell can be accessed through the property. Too add content to a cell, create a instance and add it to . The contents collection also has Add overloads to facilitate adding contents. The table entity has a containing the visual representation of the table data. Whenever a change is made to the table, method should be called to regenerate this block. When the block is not yet generated, it is generated automatically when the is written to file. The table entity was introduced in AutoCAD 2005. This example shows how create a table, merge cells and create a custom table style.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class TableExample {
        public void CreateTableExample() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf21);

            DxfTableStyle tableStyle = new DxfTableStyle("Double bordered");
            tableStyle.DataCellStyle.SetAllBordersBorderType(BorderType.Double);
            tableStyle.DataCellStyle.SetAllBordersColor(Colors.Green);
            tableStyle.TitleCellStyle.SetAllBordersBorderType(BorderType.Double);
            tableStyle.HeaderCellStyle.SetAllBordersBorderType(BorderType.Double);
            tableStyle.HeaderCellStyle.ContentColor = Colors.Blue;
            model.TableStyles.Add(tableStyle);

            DxfTable table = new DxfTable(tableStyle);
            table.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d);

            table.RowCount = 6;
            table.ColumnCount = 3;

            foreach (DxfTableColumn column in table.Columns) {
                column.Width = 8d;
            }

            table.Rows[0].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "The table title");
            table.Rows[1].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Column 1 Header");
            table.Rows[1].Cells[1].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Column 2 Header");
            table.Rows[1].Cells[2].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Column 3 Header");
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Text");
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].CellStyleOverrides.ContentColor = Colors.Red;
            table.Rows[4].Cells[0].Contents.Add(DxfValueFormat.Date.CreateRegionalLongDateTime(), DateTime.Now);
            table.Rows[5].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber(LinearUnitFormat.Decimal), 123.45d);

            // Merge the title row cells.
            table.MergedCellRanges.Add(new DxfTableCellRange(0, 0, 0, 2));
            // This demonstrates a merged cell block of 3 by 2 cells.
            table.MergedCellRanges.Add(new DxfTableCellRange(2, 0, 3, 2));

            model.Entities.Add(table);

            DxfWriter.Write("Table Example.dxf", model);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The table style. The table style must be part of . The default table style is .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Generates the that contains the visual representation of the

If a block is not present yet, an anonymous is created and added to the model to which the table belongs. If a block was already present it is cleared and refilled with new entities. When writing a DXF file the block is automatically generated if it was not present yet. Call this method only if the table is part of a .

Gets the cell style (not the cell style overrides) for specified row and column index. Use value -1 to not specify a specific row/column.

Gets the cell content for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the text height for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the text style for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the content color for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the auto scale setting for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the cell alignment for specified row/column/cell content index.

Gets the value format for specified row/column/cell content index.

Transform the entity.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

If overridden, subclass must call base method. source object the clone context Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Accepts the specified visitor.

Check object for correctness.

The model context in which to check for correctness. Messages if any, null otherwise. true if valid

Only useful for AutoCAD 2005/2006.

Draws the horizontal lines, given the specified borders for all the columns of a row.

The top horizontal line of a double line is interrupted by connecting vertical double lines of the cells above (if they are there). The left and right coordinates are affected by whether the connecting vertical borders are double lines or not.

The bottom horizontal line of a double line is interrupted by connecting vertical double lines of the cells below (if they are there). The left and right coordinates are affected by whether the connecting vertical borders are double lines or not.

Draws single horizontal cell borders. The left and right coordinates are affected by whether the connecting vertical borders are double lines or not.

The left vertical line of a double line is interrupted by connecting horizontal double lines of the cells to the left (if they are there). The top and bottom coordinates are affected by whether the connecting horizontal borders are double lines or not.

Draws single vertical cell borders. The top and bottom coordinates are affected by whether the connecting horizontal borders are double lines or not.

Draw.

Gets or sets the horizontal direction. The default value is the (1, 0, 0) vector.

Gets the rows.

Gets or sets the row count.

Gets the columns.

Gets or sets the column count.

Gets or sets the table style.

The table style contains a number of cell styles, of which the title, header row and data cell styles always exist. These cell styles may be referenced by table , and . When setting the table style, also the row/column/cell cell styles must be replaced.

Gets the break data.

Gets the cell style overrides.

Gets the merged cell ranges.

Gets or sets the flow direction override from the value defined by the .

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Gets or sets the content (contains the AutoCAD 2008 and later data).

Gets or sets the AutoCAD 2005 table data (until AutoCAD 2008, when it was replaced by ).

This class will draw a CAD drawing onto a PDF document.

Add pages to the PDF document by calling one of the DrawPage overloads and call to close the document. Note that the PDF x-axis points right and the y-axis points up, and the origin is at the bottom left. The PDF exporter supports retaining text entities as text in PDF so the PDF can be searched for text and the text can be copied to the clipboard from the PDF file. To retain the text, set property GraphicsConfig.TryDrawingTextAsText to true. For some fonts and unicode characters this will not work properly, therefore the PDF exporter also supports font embedding. To enable font embedding set property to true (GraphicsConfig.TryDrawingTextAsText must be true as well). Font embedding does make the PDF file larger. Below is an example of how to read a DXF file and export to pdf.


using System;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Drawing.Printing;
using System.IO;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Math;

namespace DxfExportExample
{
    class DxfExportExample
    {
        public static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            if (args.Length != 2) {
                Console.WriteLine("Usage: DxfExportExample [png|tiff|jpeg|bmp|gif|pdf] <DXF or DWG file>");
                Environment.Exit(0);
            }
            string format = args[0];
            string filename = args[1];

            DxfModel model = null;
            try {
                string extension = Path.GetExtension(filename);
                if (string.Compare(extension, ".dwg", true) == 0) {
                    model = DwgReader.Read(filename);
                } else {
                    model = DxfReader.Read(filename);
                }
            } catch (Exception e) {
                Console.Error.WriteLine("Error occurred: " + e.Message);
                Environment.Exit(1);
            }
            string outfile = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(Path.GetFullPath(filename));
            Stream stream;
            if (format == "pdf") {
                BoundsCalculator boundsCalculator = new BoundsCalculator();
                boundsCalculator.GetBounds(model);
                Bounds3D bounds = boundsCalculator.Bounds;
                PaperSize paperSize = PaperSizes.GetPaperSize(PaperKind.Letter);
                // Lengths in inches.
                float pageWidth = (float)paperSize.Width / 100f;
                float pageHeight = (float)paperSize.Height / 100f;
                float margin = 0.5f;
                // Scale and transform such that its fits max width/height
                // and the top left middle of the cad drawing will match the 
                // top middle of the pdf page.
                // The transform transforms to pdf pixels.
                Matrix4D to2DTransform = DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                    bounds.Corner1,
                    bounds.Corner2,
                    new Point3D(bounds.Center.X, bounds.Corner2.Y, 0d),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(margin, margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth - margin, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel),
                    new Point3D(new Vector3D(pageWidth / 2d, pageHeight - margin, 0d) * PdfExporter.InchToPixel)
                );
                using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".pdf")) {
                    PdfExporter pdfGraphics = new PdfExporter(stream);
                    pdfGraphics.DrawPage(
                        model, 
                        GraphicsConfig.WhiteBackgroundCorrectForBackColor, 
                        to2DTransform,
                        paperSize
                    );
                    pdfGraphics.EndDocument();
                }
            } else {
                GDIGraphics3D graphics = new GDIGraphics3D(GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor);
                Size maxSize = new Size(500, 500);
                Bitmap bitmap = 
                    ImageExporter.CreateAutoSizedBitmap(
                        model, 
                        graphics, 
                        Matrix4D.Identity, 
                        System.Drawing.Color.Black, 
                        maxSize
                    );
                switch (format) {
                    case "bmp":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".bmp")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToBmp(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "gif":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".gif")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToGif(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "tiff":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".tiff")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToTiff(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "png":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".png")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToPng(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    case "jpg":
                        using (stream = File.Create(outfile + ".jpg")) {
                            ImageExporter.EncodeImageToJpeg(bitmap, stream);
                        }
                        break;
                    default:
                        Console.WriteLine("Unknown format " + format + ".");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

Conversion factor from cm to inch.

Conversion factor from inch to pdf pixels.

Conversion factor from cm to pdf pixels.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream.

Ends the document and writes the contents to file.

By default this method also closes the stream. To not automatically close the stream, set to false.

Draw given model on a new PDF page.

Draws only the model space entities. Model to draw. The configuration that steers the drawing. Transform from model space to pdf paper space. The paper size (see also and to get a paper size from a paper kind.)

Draw given model on a new PDF page.

Model to draw. The configuration that steers the drawing. Transform from model space to pdf paper space. The paper size (see also and to get a paper size from a paper kind.) Pass handler to track the progress. May be null. Draws only the model space entities.

Draw given model on a new PDF page using given layout and view ports.

Model to draw. The configuration that steers the drawing. Transform from paper space to pdf paper space. The paper space to PDF scale factor (used to determine the line width based on each entity's line weight). Use e.g. to calculate a scaling transform and scale factor. The layout to draw. The view ports to use for rendering (optional). The paper size (see also and to get a paper size from a paper kind.) Entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed.

Draw given model on a new PDF page using given layout and view ports.

Entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. Model to draw. The configuration that steers the drawing. Transform from paper space to pdf paper space. The paper space to PDF scale factor (used to determine the line width based on each entity's line weight). Use e.g. to calculate a scaling transform and scale factor. The layout to draw (paper space). The view ports to use for rendering (optional). The paper size (see also and to get a paper size from a paper kind.) Pass handler to track the progress. May be null.

Draw given model on a new PDF page using specified page configuration.

Entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the view ports in the page configuartion. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The page configuration.

Draw given model on a new PDF page using specified page configuration.

Call this to actually write the pdf file.

Gets or sets whether to automatically close the stream after writing (the default value is true).

Gets or sets the title.

Gets or sets the author.

Gets or sets the line width. The default value is 0.1.

Quote from the PDF spec: It is a nonnegative number expressed in user space units. A line width of 0 denotes the thinnest line that can be rendered at device resolution: 1 device pixel wide. This value is only used if GraphicsConfig.DisplayLineWeight is set to false. Otherwise the normal line weight of the entity is used multiplied by . To choose a proper value, take into account that the size of a PDF pixel is 1 / 72th of an inch.

Gets or sets the line width for text entities. The default value is 0.1.

This value is only used if GraphicsConfig.DisplayLineWeight is set to false. Otherwise the normal line weight of the entity is used multiplied by . To choose a proper value, take into account that the size of a PDF pixel is 1 / 72th of an inch.

Gets the PDF document.

The document can be used to add further pages to the document, not using this exporter object. Pages have to be added to the object.

Gets the PDF body.

The document can be used to add further pages to the document, not using this exporter object. A PDF document can have 1 or more bodies. A single body represents a document revision. Since this exporter creates a new PDF document, there is just one body object.

Gets or sets the factor that is used to convert line weight to PDF pixels (used for model space only, not for paper space layouts).

The default value is 0.001 * , so line weight is translated to have the correct line width expressed in PDF pixels. Note that in model space the line weight is applied irrespective of the zoom factor or drawing units.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use multiple layers. The default value is true.

By default the PDF exporter puts filled elements on the bottom layer, on top of this the stroked elements are put, and on the very top all text is drawn. The PDF exporter has an alternative mode where elements are just drawn in the order in which they appear in the drawing.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export ACAD layers. The default value is true.

Layers will be exported as PDF optional content groups and will be grouped by pages. The layer order may be changed by setting the . The default value is null, meaning that the layer order of the drawing is used. The PDF layer's enabled (on/off) state is determined by the layer's and property by default, but this behavior can be overridden by . Entities are included in the exported PDF based on whether the layer's enabled/frozen state, but the behavior can be adjusted with properties and . Each page label will be formatted by .

Gets or sets the page format string used when is true. The default value is "Page {0}".

This property can be used to provide translations to other languages.

Gets or sets the layer comparer used for defining the layer order in the layer navigation window when is true. The default value is null, meaning that the layer order of the drawing is used.

Use e.g. .

Gets or sets the function to determine whether the PDF layer is enabled based on the CAD layer passed to the function. This function is called when is true. The default value is null.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to embed TrueType fonts in the PDF file. The default value is false. Set property GraphicsConfig.TryDrawingTextAsText to true for this property to take effect.

Please take care that embedding a font is only allowed if you have the proper license to embed the font. This will only have an effect if text entities are converted as text. PDF is notoriously bad displaying certain Unicode characters by default, so in order for them to appear correctly you may need to set this to true. GraphicsConfig.TryDrawingTextAsText

Compress the content of the PDF?

This should be true (the default) usually to keep the resulting PDF small.

Get the layer helper if there is one.

This object contains the contents of a single page.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The context. The page. Size of the paper. The line weight to PDF pixels factor. The graphics configuzratiion. if set to true use multiple element layers.

Begin graphics creation for specified entity. End creation with .

End graphics creation that was started with .

Begin graphics creation for specified insert.

End graphics creation that was started with

Create a colored dot.

The entity creating the dot. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the dot is created for text. the position

Create a colored line segment.

The entity creating the line segment. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the line segment is created for text. The start position. The end position.

Create a colored ray (infinite line in one direction).

The entity creating the ray. The drawing context. The color. The line segment, first point must be the starting point, the second point goes towards infinity.

Create a colored DxfXLine (infinite line in both direction).

The entity creating the xline. The drawing context. The color. Starting point (for bounding box calculation). The line segment, both points approach infinity.

Create a path of dots, lines and polylines.

The entity creating the path. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the path is created for text. The path polylines to draw. Specifies whether the path should be filled.

Create a path of lines and polylines. Similar to but in GDI graphics this matches drawing using .

Create a shape from a 4D shape.

The entity creating the shape. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the shape is created for text. The shape to draw.

Creates graphics for the specified image.

Convert a number to a string value with a good accuracy.

Value to convert. String with good accuracy.

Helper method for text to string conversion, taking care of the pecularities of multibyte chars in PDF.

PDF seems not to be able to access high range Unicode characters which are not embedded as I can tell so far. There is a possibility to embed them in the comments, but no chance in displayed text. Text to convert. PDF element which outputs the given text.

Gets or sets the paper size (Default is letter).

See for standard paper sizes.

Path drawer for drawing character paths.

Constructor.

reference to outer class

Represents a silhouette (used by ).

Gets or sets the viewport ID.

Gets or sets the viewport target.

Gets or sets the viewport direction from target.

Gets or sets the viewport up direction.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the viewport shows a perspective view.

Gets the wires.

Represents the visibility state.

Gets or sets the name.

Gets or sets the selection set 1.

List of all visible non dynamic block (grips, actions, parameters) entities in the current state.

Gets or sets the selection set 2.

List of all visible dynamic block (grips, actions, parameters) entities in the current state.

Represents the dynamic block lookup table column type information.

The class is a part of lookup functionality. Lookup functionality allows add custom parameters to dynamic blocks.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Gets or sets the id.

Gets or sets the resource type. Default value is 0.

see also ConvertResourceTypeForEvalGraphExpression 1 - string 40 - double 70 - int16\bool 90 - int32 11 - point 91 - handle

Gets or sets the type. Default value is 0.

Actual meaning is unknown. Probably 0 - digits, 1 - angles.

Gets or sets the property type. Default value is true.

true - information is lookup properties. false - information is input properties.

Gets or sets the text for unmatched situation.

This text will be shown in case of any unmatchment in lookup table.

Gets or sets the text for the connection string.

UpdatedDistance, UpdatedFlip and so on... The name of Parameter.

Gets or sets the allow editing flag. Default value is true.

Read only state for table.

Represents the dynamic block polar stretch action.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the connections for stretch action.

EndXData, EndYData parameters.

Gets or sets the frame points.

Frame to define area for stretching.

Gets or sets the stretch entity array.

DXF entities to stretch.

Gets or sets the stretch node array.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the data storage file header.

Gets or sets the file signature.

Gets or sets the size of the file header.

Unknown1.

Gets or sets the version.

Unknown2.

Gets or sets the data storage revision.

Gets or sets the segment index offset.

Gets or sets the segment index unknown.

Gets or sets the segment index entry count (for ).

Gets or sets the segment index of the schema index segment ().

Gets or sets the segment index of the data index ().

Gets or sets the segment index of the search segment ().

Gets or sets the index of the previous save.

Gets or sets the size of the file.

SAT lump entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Pointer to next lump.

Pointer to first shell.

Pointer to body containing lump.

Constructor.

enclosing body of lump first shell of lump

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Collect all wires belonging to this entity.

indexed wireframe collection where to add wires

Get the next entity of the same type if this entity is a member in a list.

Returns null if this entity is not in a list or if it is the last member of the list

Get the next lump in the list of lumps to which this lump belongs.

Get the first shell belonging to this lump.

Get the body to which this lump belongs.

Get the list of shells belonging to this lump.

SAT face entity.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Pointer to next face.

Pointer to first loop.

Pointer to surrounding shell.

Pointer to surrounding subshell.

Pointer to surface on which face lies (currently not a SatSurface to allow for references to unknown entities).

Is the face normal reversed?

Is the face double-sided?

Double sided face containment.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

Collect all wires belonging to this entity.

indexed wireframe collection where to add wires

Get the next entity of the same type if this entity is a member in a list.

Returns null if this entity is not in a list or if it is the last member of the list

Get the next face.

Get the first loop.

Get the surrounding shell to which this face belongs.

Get the surrounding subshell to which this face belongs.

Get the underlying surface to which this face belongs.

Is the normal of this face reversed?

Is this face double-sided?

Is this face double side in?

Get the loops belonging to this face.

SAT base class for net spline curve in U direction.

SAT base class for skin support primitives.

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

SAT sub surface primitives.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

SAT sub surface primitives.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

SAT sub surface primitives.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data.

writer to write to

SAT primitive. Interpolated curve.

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

SAT class for parameter space curve.

Is this curve reversed?

Dictionary for SAT sub curves creation.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from if the format is broken

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

Entity creator delegate.

created entity

SAT base class for Law definitions. The sample string for the law definition: Law : "TRANS((TRANS(VEC(X,X2,X3),TRANS1))O(CUR(EDGE2)),TRANS3)" Three LawData elements are stored after law string: TRANS1 - data for transform EDGE2 - data for edge TRANS3 - data for transform

Read the object data from its stored format.

reader to read from

Write the object data to writer.

writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

The tag name used in a SAT file.

Return tag of entity according with SAT format version

version of SAT format

Read the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before reading own data. reader to read from

Write the own data of this entity.

Overriding methods should call the super method before writing own data. writer to write to

This class returns for each type of entity/object whether writing to DXF is supported.

Currently this class is used for all DXF versions, but in the future this class may be sub classed for specific DXF versions.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The stream to which the DWG file is written. The stream must support writing and seeking. The model to write.

Writes the specified model to the specified stream.

Write the model.

Gets the for specified DWG code page number.

Gets the DWG code page number for specified .

The random encoding encodes 10-bit values into 64-bit values, where remaining bits are filled with random values.

For specified 32-bit value encodes the least significant 10 bits into a 64-bit value. The other bits are random.

Decodes specified 64-bit value into a 32-bit value (10 bits used).

Helper class to build the model. All object references can be collected using this object during reading from a DXF or DWG file. When reading of the model is complete the references can be resolved.

Registers the specified builder so it can be found back later with the handle as key.

Registers the specified handled object info so it can be found back later with the handle as key.

The model space block's entities should be the same instance as DxfModel.Entities.

For diagnostics.

Get the next seed for object rename during audit.

Just used for diagnostics currently.

A cache for wireframe graphics as created using interface .

An interface for drawing CAD objects.

Creates the drawables for a specified model.

The model of which the entities are part. The entities to draw. The transform to apply to the model.

Creates drawables for given model using given view port.

The entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The model of which the entities are part. The entities in model space to draw. The entities in model space to draw. The layout containing the paper space entities. The view ports that describe the transformations to paper space. Use to get all the viewports of a layout. If this parameter is null, then all viewports of the specified layout are used.

Updates the drawables for specified entity.

thrown when the drawables are not updateable.

Erases the drawables for specified entity, but the drawables can still be recreated later at the original position in the drawables using .

thrown when the drawables are not updateable.

Removes the drawables for specified entity.

thrown when the drawables are not updateable.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

if set to true the cache supports text. If not then text is approximated as a number of curves. if set to true the drawables are updateable.

Creates the WPF drawables for a specified model. The result is put in property .

The model to draw.

Creates the WPF drawables for specified model. The result is put in property .

The model to draw. The transform to apply to the model.

Creates the WPF drawables for a specified model. The result is put in property .

The model of which the entities are part. The entities to draw. The transform to apply to the model.

Creates the WPF drawables for a specified model. The result is put in property .

The model of which the entities are part. The entities to draw. The transform to apply to the model.

Creates drawables for given DXF model using specified layout (see property ).

The old drawables are cleared before creating the new ones. The entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the view ports in specified layout. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The model to draw. The layout containing the paper space entities.

Creates drawables for given DXF model using given view port (see property ).

Entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The model to draw. The layout containing the paper space entities. The view ports that describe the transformations to paper space. Use to get all the viewports of a layout. If this parameter is null, then all viewports of the specified layout are used.

Creates drawables for given model using given view port (see property ).

The entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The model of which the entities are part. The entities in model space to draw. The entities in model space to draw. The layout containing the paper space entities. The view ports that describe the transformations to paper space. Use to get all the viewports of a layout. If this parameter is null, then all viewports of the specified layout are used.

Creates drawables for given model using given view port (see property ).

The entities in model space are transformed to paper space according to the given view ports. Entities that are already in paper space are not affected. Note that the first view port in represents paper space itself and should not be displayed. The model of which the entities are part. The entities in model space to draw. The entities in model space to draw. The layout containing the paper space entities. The view ports that describe the transformations to paper space. Use to get all the viewports of a layout. If this parameter is null, then all viewports of the specified layout are used.

Updates the drawables for specified entity.

thrown when is false.

Erases the drawables for specified entity, but the drawables can still be recreated later at the original position in the using .

thrown when is false.

Removes the drawables for specified entity.

thrown when is false.

Gets the drawables for specified rendered entity info.

Gets a for specified entity. Returns null if not present.

Suspends the change notification.

Resumes the change notification.

Raises the event.

Recursively removes the specified EntityDrawablesInfo instance and all its children from entityToEntityDrawablesInfoList.

Occurs when the cache contents changed.

Gets or sets the graphics configuration determining various aspects of the rendering process. The default value is .

Gets the drawables.

This contains an hierarchy of drawable objects. The first and last drawable are equal to .

Gets a value indicating whether the drawables are updateable.

Gets a value indicating whether this instance supports text. If false then text whill be converted to collection of shapes.

Need to mark begin/end of insert in case part of the inserts child drawables are updated, e.g. attributes are updated using . That way the first and last drawable (especially the last) of the insert remain the same, otherwise the last drawable might get removed, and then the inserts reference to the last drawable is invalid.

Need to mark begin/end of insert in case part of the inserts child drawables are updated, e.g. attributes are updated using .

This object is only used if entity drawables need to be updateable.

Gets a value indicating whether this instance has drawables.

Gets the children. Need to know children in case a INSERT's block is updated, e.g. entities are removed from it. When the INSERT's drawables are updated the EntityDrawablesInfo for removed entities need to be removed as well.

An interface for a class that can draw itself onto a .

Draws this object onto specified graphics factory.

Represents a helper class for updating derived graphics like in GDIGraphics3D for a single entity.

Draws the entity in a specific entity chain, based on specified draw context and graphics factory.

Represents a 3D polyline primitive.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Accepts the specified visitor.

A factory method for creating a primitive for specified polyline.

A factory method for creating a primitive for specified optionally closed polyline.

Gets or sets the points.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is closed.

Color context without a background color.

Delegate for entity filtering as used by the class.

Utility class for selecting entities.

Entities can be selected with methods and . A custom filter can be implemented by implementing and letting the filter decide what to return. This can be used to e.g. select entities outside a rectangle. Below is an example of a control viewing a dxf file. Clicking on the control results in the closest entity being selected and shown in the property grid. Note that the designer generated file and main form containing the property grid are omitted here. The complete example is in the examples directory (DxfExtendedViewExampleCs).


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Data;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;

using WW.Cad.Base;
using WW.Cad.Drawing;
using WW.Cad.Drawing.GDI;
using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;

using WW.Math;

using Color = System.Drawing.Color;

namespace DxfViewExample {
    /// <summary>
    /// This is a control that shows a DxfModel.
    /// Dragging with the mouse pans the drawing.
    /// Clicking on the drawing selects the closest entity and
    /// shows it in the property grid.
    /// Using the scroll wheel zooms in on the mouse position.
    /// </summary>
    public partial class ViewControl : UserControl {
        private DxfModel model;
        private GDIGraphics3D gdiGraphics3D;
        private Bounds3D bounds;
        private Matrix4D modelTransform = Matrix4D.Identity;
        private Matrix4D from2DTransform;
        private Vector3D translation = Vector3D.Zero;
        private Point lastMouseLocation;
        private Point mouseClickLocation;
        private double scaleFactor = 1d;
        private bool mouseDown;
        private bool shiftPressed;

        public event EventHandler<EntityEventArgs> EntitySelected;

        public ViewControl() {
            InitializeComponent();
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.AllPaintingInWmPaint, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.DoubleBuffer, true);
            SetStyle(ControlStyles.UserPaint, true);
            GraphicsConfig graphicsConfig = new GraphicsConfig();
            graphicsConfig.BackColor = BackColor;
            graphicsConfig.CorrectColorForBackgroundColor = true;
            gdiGraphics3D = new GDIGraphics3D(graphicsConfig);
            bounds = new Bounds3D();
        }

        public DxfModel Model {
            get { 
                return model; 
            }
            set { 
                model = value;
                if (model != null) {
                    gdiGraphics3D.CreateDrawables(model);
                    // Uncomment for rotation example.
                    //            modelTransform = Transformation4D.RotateX(-30d * Math.PI / 180d) *
                    //                Transformation4D.RotateZ(150d * Math.PI / 180d);
                    gdiGraphics3D.BoundingBox(bounds, modelTransform);
                    CalculateTo2DTransform();
                    Invalidate();
                }
            }
        }

        public Point2D GetModelSpaceCoordinates(Point2D screenSpaceCoordinates) {
            return from2DTransform.TransformTo2D(screenSpaceCoordinates);
        }

        protected override void OnPaint(PaintEventArgs e) {
            Graphics gr = e.Graphics;
            gdiGraphics3D.Draw(e.Graphics, ClientRectangle);
        }

        private Matrix4D CalculateTo2DTransform() {
            Matrix4D to2DTransform = Matrix4D.Identity;
            if (model != null && bounds != null) {
                double halfHeight = ClientSize.Height / 2;
                double halfWidth = ClientSize.Width / 2;
                double margin = 5d; // 5 pixels margin on each size.
                to2DTransform =
                    Transformation4D.Translation(translation) *
                    Transformation4D.Translation(halfWidth, halfHeight, 0) *
                    Transformation4D.Scaling(scaleFactor) *
                    DxfUtil.GetScaleTransform(
                        bounds.Corner1,
                        bounds.Corner2,
                        bounds.Center,
                        new Point3D(margin, ClientSize.Height - margin, 0d),
                        new Point3D(ClientSize.Width - margin, margin, 0d),
                        Point3D.Zero
                    );
            }
            gdiGraphics3D.To2DTransform = to2DTransform * modelTransform;
            from2DTransform = gdiGraphics3D.To2DTransform.GetInverse();
            return to2DTransform;
        }

        protected override void OnResize(EventArgs e) {
            base.OnResize(e);
            CalculateTo2DTransform();
            Invalidate();
        }

        protected override void OnMouseDown(MouseEventArgs e) {
            base.OnMouseDown(e);
            lastMouseLocation = e.Location;
            mouseClickLocation = e.Location;
            mouseDown = true;
            shiftPressed = ModifierKeys == Keys.Shift;
        }

        protected override void OnMouseMove(MouseEventArgs e) {
            base.OnMouseMove(e);
            if (mouseDown == true) {
                if (shiftPressed) {
                    DrawReversibleRectangle(mouseClickLocation, lastMouseLocation);
                    DrawReversibleRectangle(mouseClickLocation, e.Location);
                } else {
                    //drag event handle
                    int dx = (e.X - lastMouseLocation.X);
                    int dy = (e.Y - lastMouseLocation.Y);
                    translation += new Vector3D(dx, dy, 0);
                    CalculateTo2DTransform();
                    Invalidate();
                }
            }
            lastMouseLocation = e.Location;
        }

        protected override void OnMouseUp(MouseEventArgs e) {
            base.OnMouseUp(e);
            mouseDown = false;

            // Use shift key for rectangle zoom.
            if (shiftPressed) {
                DrawReversibleRectangle(mouseClickLocation, lastMouseLocation);
                Point2D corner1 = new Point2D(
                    Math.Min(mouseClickLocation.X, e.Location.X), 
                    Math.Min(mouseClickLocation.Y, e.Location.Y)
                );
                Point2D corner2 = 
                    new Point2D(
                        Math.Max(mouseClickLocation.X, e.Location.X),
                        Math.Max(mouseClickLocation.Y, e.Location.Y)
                    );
                Vector2D delta = corner2 - corner1;
                if (!(MathUtil.AreApproxEqual(delta.X, 0d) || MathUtil.AreApproxEqual(delta.Y, 0d))) {
                    Matrix4D oldTo2DTransform = CalculateTo2DTransform();

                    // Update scaleFactor
                    double scale = Math.Min(ClientSize.Width / delta.X, ClientSize.Height / delta.Y);
                    scaleFactor *= scale;

                    // Update translation
                    Point3D screenSpaceCenter = (Point3D)(corner1 + 0.5d * delta);
                    Point3D newModelSpaceCenter = oldTo2DTransform.GetInverse().Transform(screenSpaceCenter);
                    Matrix4D intermediateTo2DTransform = CalculateTo2DTransform();
                    intermediateTo2DTransform.TransformTo2D(newModelSpaceCenter);
                    Point3D intermediateScreenSpaceCenter = intermediateTo2DTransform.Transform(newModelSpaceCenter);
                    translation += (
                        new Point3D(0.5d * ClientSize.Width, 0.5d * ClientSize.Height, 0d) - 
                        intermediateScreenSpaceCenter
                    );

                    CalculateTo2DTransform();
                    Invalidate();
                }
            } else {
                // Select entity at mouse location if mouse didn't move
                // and show entity in property grid.
                if (mouseClickLocation == e.Location) {
                    Point2D referencePoint = new Point2D(e.X, e.Y);
                    double distance;
                    IList<RenderedEntityInfo> closestEntities =
                        EntitySelector.GetClosestEntities(
                            model,
                            GraphicsConfig.BlackBackgroundCorrectForBackColor,
                            gdiGraphics3D.To2DTransform,
                            referencePoint,
                            out distance
                        );
                    if (closestEntities.Count > 0) {
                        DxfEntity entity = closestEntities[0].Entity;
                        OnEntitySelected(new EntityEventArgs(entity));
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        protected override void OnMouseWheel(MouseEventArgs e) {
            base.OnMouseWheel(e);

            Matrix4D oldTo2DTransform = CalculateTo2DTransform();
            int compare = Math.Sign(e.Delta);
            // wheel movement is forward 
            if (compare > 0) {
                scaleFactor *= 1.1d;
            }
            // wheel movement is backward 
            else if (compare < 0) {
                scaleFactor /= 1.1d;
            }

            // --- Begin of correction on the translation to zoom into mouse position.
            // Comment out this section to zoom into center of model.
            Point3D currentScreenPoint = new Point3D(e.X, e.Y, 0d);
            Point3D modelPoint = oldTo2DTransform.GetInverse().Transform(currentScreenPoint);
            Matrix4D intermediateTo2DTransform = CalculateTo2DTransform();
            Point3D screenPoint = intermediateTo2DTransform.Transform(modelPoint);
            translation += (currentScreenPoint - screenPoint);
            // --- End of translation correction.

            CalculateTo2DTransform();

            Invalidate();
        }

        protected virtual void OnEntitySelected(EntityEventArgs e) {
            if (EntitySelected != null) {
                EntitySelected(this, e);
            }
        }

        protected void DrawReversibleRectangle(Point p1, Point p2) {
            p1 = PointToScreen(p1);
            p2 = PointToScreen(p2);
            ControlPaint.DrawReversibleLine(new Point(p1.X, p1.Y), new Point(p1.X, p2.Y), Color.White);
            ControlPaint.DrawReversibleLine(new Point(p1.X, p2.Y), new Point(p2.X, p2.Y), Color.White);
            ControlPaint.DrawReversibleLine(new Point(p2.X, p2.Y), new Point(p2.X, p1.Y), Color.White);
            ControlPaint.DrawReversibleLine(new Point(p2.X, p1.Y), new Point(p1.X, p1.Y), Color.White);
        }
    }
}

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. The resulting distance. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The entities. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. The resulting distance. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. The resulting distance. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The resulting distance. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. The resulting distance. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The resulting distance. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The resulting distance. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The test square width. All entities that have a closest point within the square with this width and centered around the reference point are returned. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The entities. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The test square width. All entities that have a closest point within the square with this width and centered around the reference point are returned. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The test square width. All entities that have a closest point within the square with this width and centered around the reference point are returned. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The test square width. All entities that have a closest point within the square with this width and centered around the reference point are returned. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The test square width. All entities that have a closest point within the square with this width and centered around the reference point are returned. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The test square width. All entities that have a closest point within the square with this width and centered around the reference point are returned. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the closest entities to specified 2D reference point.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The reference point to compare with. The test square width. All entities that have a closest point within the square with this width and centered around the reference point are returned. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The rectangle to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then tested for containment in given 2D rectangle. Only entities are selected that fit completely in the rectangle. This method can e.g. be used to get the entities in a rectangle region defined by mouse interaction. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle.

The model. The entities. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The rectangle to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then tested for containment in given 2D rectangle. Only entities are selected that fit completely in the rectangle. This method can e.g. be used to get the entities in a rectangle region defined by mouse interaction.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The rectangle to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then tested for containment in given 2D rectangle. Only entities are selected that fit completely in the rectangle. This method can e.g. be used to get the entities in a rectangle region defined by mouse interaction. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The rectangle to compare with. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then tested for containment in given 2D rectangle. Only entities are selected that fit completely in the rectangle. This method can e.g. be used to get the entities in a rectangle region defined by mouse interaction. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The rectangle to compare with. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then tested for containment in given 2D rectangle. Only entities are selected that fit completely in the rectangle. This method can e.g. be used to get the entities in a rectangle region defined by mouse interaction. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The rectangle to compare with. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then tested for containment in given 2D rectangle. Only entities are selected that fit completely in the rectangle. This method can e.g. be used to get the entities in a rectangle region defined by mouse interaction.

Gets the entities enclosed in specified 2D rectangle.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The rectangle to compare with. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then tested for containment in given 2D rectangle. Only entities are selected that fit completely in the rectangle. This method can e.g. be used to get the entities in a rectangle region defined by mouse interaction.

Gets the filtered entities according to the specified filter delegate.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the filtered entity to the mouse position.

Gets the filtered entities according to the specified filter delegate.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the filtered entity to the mouse position.

Gets the filtered entities according to the specified filter delegate.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The filter delegate to filter out entities to take into consideration (return true to include the entity). When null the default method is used. A list of rendered entities that meet the proximity criteria. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the filtered entity to the mouse position.

Gets the filtered entities using the specified filter.

The model. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The filter to filter the entities. The filter itself must store the filtered entities and the entity selector must be able to access these through its property A list of rendered entities that is filtered by the filter. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the filtered entities using the specified filter.

The model. The layout. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The filter to filter the entities. The filter itself must store the filtered entities and the entity selector must be able to access these through its property A list of rendered entities that is filtered by the filter. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

Gets the filtered entities using the specified filter.

The model. The layout. The viewports. The graphics configuration object determining aspects like precision. The transformation matrix to apply. The filter to filter the entities. The filter itself must store the filtered entities and the entity selector must be able to access these through its property A list of rendered entities that is filtered by the filter. Each rendered entity contains information about the entity, the transformation matrix that was used to render it and optionally has a parent. The parent is typically an insert, dimension or leader entity. Inserts may be nested multiple levels deep, thus leading to a parent chain. Entities are first transformed by given transformation and transformed points are then compared to given 2D reference point. This method can e.g. be used to get the closest entity to the mouse position.

This is the default entity filter implementation of always returning true.

Creates a object from specified entity and draw context.

Creates a closest entity filter.

Creates a entity in rectangle filter.

Creates a entity partially in square filter.

Represents an entity filter interface used by the entity selector. Custom implementations may do arbitrary filtering like e.g. selecting entities that are outside a certain rectangle (a form of clipping).

Entity selection is done by drawing and letting the filter decide what entity is filtered based on the geometrical information of what is drawn for the entity.

Gets the filtered entities. Implementations can use utility method to create a instance from an entity and a draw context.

Creates graphics for the specified text (call only if returns true).

Create a shape from a 4D shape.

The entity creating the shape. The drawing context. The color. Specifies whether the shape is created for text. The shape to draw.

Creates graphics for the specified image.

Represents a basic entity filter that only uses a specified .

Creates graphics for the specified image.

Represents a drawing utility class.

Creates a graphics object from specified (dummy) image just for measurements.

Draws specified polylines as separate paths.

Draws specified polylines as one path.

Draws given polylines.

Extrude polyline which may be a polyline or the border of a surface.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Extrude polyline which may be a polyline or a polygon border.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Extrude polyline.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Extrude wide polyline.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Extrude wide polyline.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Extrude wide polyline.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Draw wide polyline.

Draws given polylines as lines or surfaces.

Draws given polyline as lines or surface.

Draws a surface with given polyline as boundary.

Boundary must be convex.

Extrude polyline which may be a polyline or the border of a surface.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Extrude polyline which may be a polyline or a polygon border.

First the polyline is extruded, and then transformation using transformer in given context is applied.

Draws given polyline as lines or surface.

Draws a surface with given polygon as boundary.

Boundary must be convex (? is this still true?).

Class representing a (possibly rational) spline curve in 3D.

Constructor.

This creates a non-rational spline curve. degree of curve knot vector control points

Constructor.

degree of curve knot vector control points weights of control points. Length must be at least the same as

Constructor.

degree of curve knot vector control points with weights

Create fit points with a maximum deviation from the spline.

Maximum deviation in model space. Minimal difference in paramter space

Internally used method to insert extra fit points between two already defined fit points as long as a given tolerance is not met.

It assumes that we are always between two distinct knots (allowing the span parameter). squared fit tolerance tolerance in knot vector space current span left side of fit splice (right side is lp.next) temporary internally reused array of size degree+1

Calculate a point on the spline.

parameter value temporary internally reused array of size degree+1 point

Calculate a point on the spline.

span of parameter value temporary internally reused array of size degree+1 point

Return control points array

Return Weights array

Is this curve definition valid?

Get the bounds of the control polygon.

Get the knot info.

Simple class to create temporary linked list for insertion of fit points.

Following list element.

The point.

The paramter.

Constructor.

u value point for that value

Insert a linked point after this one into the list.

point to insert

Get the next point.

Get all points in the list beginning with this one.

Double based angle interval.

Has some special behaviour as compared to . When min < max then behaviour is the same. When min > max then angle is assumed to be running from min to 2 pi and 0 to max. Note that input angles are expected to be in the range 0 to 2 pi, but this is not enforced.

Constructor.

Returns when interval contains given value.

Returns when interval overlaps given interval.

Gets or sets the maximum angle in radians.

Gets or sets the minimum angle in radians.

Represents a message in the form of a and pertaining to zero or more named parameter objects.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Returns the string representation.

Gets the named parameters to which the status pertains.

Gets the status.

Gets the severity.

DxfView mode.

None.

Enables perspective mode.

Enables front clipping.

Enables back clipping.

Enables UCS follow.

Enables front clip not at eye.

Collection of mainly low level base classes. The class is used in . Access this log to find out more about the status of the read model.

Colored drawable interface.

Draw the colored path.

Calculate 3D bounding box of the graphics.

Text generation flags.

None.

Text is backward (mirrored in Position).

Text is upside down (mirrored in Y).

Text style flags.

None.

If set, this entry describes a shape.

Vertical text.

If set, table entry is externally dependent on an xref.

If this bit and bit 16 are both set, the externally dependent xref has been successfully resolved.

If set, the table entry was referenced by at least one entity in the drawing the last time the drawing was edited. (This flag is for the benefit of AutoCAD commands. It can be ignored by most programs that read DXF files and need not be set by programs that write DXF files).

Flags that apply to a .

Empty flags.

Extra vertex created by curve-fitting (approximation vertex).

Curve-fit tangent defined for this vertex. A curve-fit tangent direction of 0 may be omitted from DXF output but is significant if this bit is set.

Unused.

Spline vertex created by spline-fitting (approximation vertex).

Spline frame control point.

3D polyline vertex.

If set the vertex is part of a 3D polygon mesh.

Polyface mesh vertex. If is not set then the vertex represents a face, other wise it represents a point.

The insert entity inserts a reference to a .

An insert can have multiple objects attached to it. Only the attribute position is affected. Its position is affected by the inserts row/column translation, rotation and z-axis, but not by ScaleFactor. An example of how to create and write a dxf file containing inserts.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class InsertExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);

            // Create block.
            DxfBlock block = new DxfBlock("TEST_BLOCK");
            model.Blocks.Add(block);
            block.Entities.Add(new DxfCircle(EntityColors.Blue, Point3D.Zero, 2d));
            block.Entities.Add(new DxfLine(EntityColors.Red, Point3D.Zero, new Point3D(-1, 2, 1)));
            block.Entities.Add(new DxfLine(EntityColors.Green, Point3D.Zero, new Point3D(2, 0, 1)));

            // Insert block at 3 positions.
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfInsert(block, new Point3D(1, 0, 0)));
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfInsert(block, new Point3D(3, 1, 0)));
            model.Entities.Add(new DxfInsert(block, new Point3D(2, -3, 0)));

            DxfWriter.Write("Insert Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified insert in the context of specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Adds an attribute which is constructed from an and correctly transformed to reflect the current transformation settings.

The attribute definition. It has to be attached to a model. The text for the attribute. The newly added attribute.

Prepares for write (called after all objects received a handle).

Draw.

See whether spatial filtering is applied.

The insertion transformation of the block Draw Handler. If is returned, a filter is pushed to the draw handler, which needs to be popped after drawing happened.

Gets or sets the number of columns.

Gets or sets the column spacing.

Gets or sets the number of rows.

Gets or sets the row spacing.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Get the basic transformation with which a block is inserted. If this is a multiple insertion (, use to get all insertion transformations.

Please keep in mind that a block may define a translation by itself, which has to be used for the complete transformation which is applied to each entity in the block.

Get the multiple transformations defined by this insertion. This returns the transformations used for the block, with the row as the first and the column as the second index. For the attributes associated with this insert use .

This takes care of possible multiple insertions (see ). Please keep in mind that a block may define a translation by itself, which has to be used for the complete transformation which is applied to each entity in the block.

Get the insertion transformations to be applied to the attributes associated with this insertion.

If this is not a multiple insertion, you can use the Attributes just as they are. Otherwise you'll have to use the transformations provided by this property in order to insert them correctly multiple times.

Is the insertion a multiple insertion inserting the block more than once?

Get a possible spatial filter attached to this insert.

Spatial filter or null if no spatial filter is attached to this insert.

Result of handling spatial filtering.

There is a filter, but the complete inserted block is clipped away by the filter.

There is no filter.

There is a filter, but it does not clip away anything. This often happens when stupid AutoCAD users want to add a frame around an item.

There is a filter, and it pushed a to the draw context, so a call is necessary.

Ellipse entity.

The , and define the ellipse curve. and define where the curve starts and ends. This entity was introduced in release 13. Example of how to create an ellipse.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class EllipseExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
    
            // Simple ellipse in XY plane.
            DxfEllipse ellipse1 = new DxfEllipse(
                new Point3D(6d, 2d, 3d), // Center
                new Vector3D(2d, 1d, 1d), // Long axis
                0.5d // Minor to major axis ratio
            );
            ellipse1.Color = EntityColors.Red;
            model.Entities.Add(ellipse1);
    
            // DxfEllipse with non default z-axis.
            Vector3D longAxis = new Vector3D(2d, 1d, 1d);
            Vector3D longAxisNormalized = longAxis;
            longAxisNormalized.Normalize();
            Vector3D ellipseZAxis = Vector3D.CrossProduct(Vector3D.ZAxis, longAxisNormalized);
            DxfEllipse ellipse2 = new DxfEllipse(
                new Point3D(4d, 2d, 3d),
                longAxis,
                0.5d,
                ellipseZAxis);
            ellipse2.Color = EntityColors.LightGreen;
            model.Entities.Add(ellipse2);
    
            DxfWriter.Write("Ellipse Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Constructor.

Calculates the parameter from an angle. A point on the ellipse is defined as: Center + MajorAxisEndPoint * cos(parameter) + MinorAxisEndPoint * sin(parameter).

Calculates the angle from a parameter. A point on the ellipse is defined as: Center + MajorAxisEndPoint * cos(parameter) + MinorAxisEndPoint * sin(parameter).

Transform the entity.

Gets the point for specified parameter (normally 0 - 2 π, but values outside this range are allowed as well).

Draw.

Approximate ellipse as line segments.

Draw.

Approximate ellipse as line segments.

Draw.

Approximate ellipse as line segments.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified ellipse in the context of the specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Some files have a value slightly greater than 1 (floating point inaccuracy), see file E:\wout\doc\Cad\DWGSamples\Customers\MST\EllipseWithInvalidMinorToMajorRatio.dwg.

Gets or sets the ellipse center in WCS.

Gets or sets major axis end point (relative to ).

Gets or sets the minor to major axis ratio (default value is 1).

Value should not be larger than 1. Thrown when value is set to bigger than 1.

Gets or sets the start parameter (this value is 0.0 for a full ellipse). The start point is defined as: Center + MajorAxisEndPoint * cos(StartParameter) + MinorAxisEndPoint * sin(StartParameter).

Gets or sets the end parameter (this value is 2 pi for a full ellipse). The end point is defined as: Center + MajorAxisEndPoint * cos(EndParameter) + MinorAxisEndPoint * sin(EndParameter).

Gets or sets the z-axis defining the ellipse plane (but not the coordinate system).

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Transform to get from the raw points to the final coordinates.

Represents the line entity.

A line is defined by its and point. An example of how to create a line and apply a line type to it.


using System;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Tables;
using WW.Math;

namespace Examples {
    public class LineExample {
        public void Demonstrate() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf14);
            
            DxfLineType lineType = new DxfLineType("DashDot", "Dashed & dotted", new double[] { 0.5, -0.2, 0, -0.2 });
            model.LineTypes.Add(lineType);

            DxfLine line1 = new DxfLine(new Point3D(1d, 2d, 3d), new Point3D(4d, 2.1d, 3d));
            line1.Color = EntityColors.Green;
            line1.LineType = lineType;
            model.Entities.Add(line1);

            DxfWriter.Write("Line Example.dxf", model, false);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Transform the entity.

Draw.

Draw the entity as surfaces (only called when and not in a frozen layer).

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Cloned object. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Copies from specified line in the context of specified target model.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Creates a create interactor.

Creates an edit interactor.

Returns line with line type applied.

Start point in WCS.

End point in WCS.

Extrusion direction.

Extrusion thickness.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Gets the control points.

Indicates by what symbol a point is represented. Note that there are more display modes than this type contains, only the most common point types are included.

A point is represented by a point.

A point is represented by nothing.

A point is represented by a plus sign.

A point is represented by an X sign.

Represents line joint settings.

None.

Round.

Angle.

Flat.

Paragraph text blocks, containing lines.

Value indicating no explicite tabulators are set.

Standard text breaker.

Constructor.

The paragraph format. The line spacing factor. The line spacing style. basic settings for paragraph

Add a line to the paragraph.

settings for line

Add a tabulator to the paragraph.

settings

Add some text to the current line.

text to add settings used for the added text

Add a text block to the current line.

text block to add

Get the bounding box of this text block.

how to handle white space when calculating the bounds

Lay out this block.

current baseline position, advanced after layout height of the surrounding text block The white space handling flags.

Break this text block before the given width.

Get the baseline start position of the first occurence of the given char.

char to look for in block the position or null if no position was found

Collect the text chunks.

collector where to add the chunks insertion transformation The line weight.

Get/set the text breaker.

Get/set the paragraph format.

Gets or sets the relative position.

Gets or sets the text block settings.

Is it possible to break this text?

The possible horizontal alignments of a paragraph.

Center alignment.

Left aligned.

Right aligned.

Block aligned (space added between words).

Distributed aligned (space added between letters).

Paragraph format settings.

Constructor.

paragraph width paragraph alignment

Constructor.

Width of the paragraph. The attachment point.

Copy constructor.

format to clone

Construct a paragraph format from a \p paragraph format string.

format of previous paragraph definition string current font height

Add a non-decimal tabulator.

tabulator type tabulator position in string form scaling to be applied to position

Add a non-decimal tabulator.

tabulator type tabulator position in string form scaling to be applied to position decimal character

Get the alignment.

Get the paragarph width.

Get the tabulators.

General left indentation.

Additional indentation for first line.

Right indentation.

Space before paragraph.

Space after paragraph.

A DXF text based on a concatenation of glyphs. This is most useful for SHX fonts.

The definition of a drawable text after it is layouted.

Draw the text to the drawer.

drawer to draw to transformation used for drawing extrusion in z direction, usually 0.0 advance including transformation

Get the text represented by this object.

Get the font used to draw this object.

Get the color of the text.

Gets the line weight.

Get the canonical path used to draw this text.

See to decide whether the path is drawn filled. The canonical path is undistorted with size 1. Use the to transform the path into the correct size and proportions.

Get the path representing the text if draw unrotated at point (0,0).

Note that this includes a transformation of the canonical path, so usually it is better to use and include the in the transformations needed to place the text at the correct position.

Get the transformation used to transform the canonical path into the correct size and proportions.

Get whether the path of this text has to be drawn filled.

Get the canonical advance of this path.

Get the advance used after this text is drawn. This includes the basic transformation (.

Constructor.

the text the font of the text the color of the text The line weight. canonical glyphs representing the text basic transformation (size/slant) char spacing factor

Draw the text to the drawer.

drawer to draw to transformation used for drawing extrusion in z direction, usually 0.0 advance including transformation

Get the text represented by this object.

Get the font used to draw this object.

Get the color of the text.

Gets the line weight.

Get the canonical path used to draw this text.

See to decide whether the path is drawn filled. The canonical path is undistorted with size 1. Use the to transform the path into the correct size and proportions. Because even this path may have to be constructed, it's faster to use the method if all what is wanted is to draw the path.

Get the path representing the text if draw unrotated at point (0,0).

Note that this includes a transformation of the canonical path, so usually it is better to use and include the in the transformations needed to place the text at the correct position. Even better is to use the method.

Get the transformation used to transform the canonical path into the correct size and proportions.

Get whether the path of this text has to be drawn filled.

Get the canonical advance of this path.

Get the advance used after this text is drawn. This includes the basic transformation (.

Represents a group of handled objects.

The group object was introduced in . In most cases the group members are objects.

Named object interface.

Gets or sets the name.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the name. An anonymous group's name starts with the '*' character.

Gets a value indicating whether this instance is anonymous.

An anonymous group's name starts with the '*' character.

Gets or sets the description.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is selectable. The default value is true.

Gets the members of this group.

In most cases, but not always the members are entities.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Represents the drawing's header containing the system variables.

The header is part of a object and contains properties that apply to a drawing.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The CAD model object that this header is part of.

Get drawing code page for given code page string (system variable DWGCODEPAGE).

Comparison is done case insensitive.

Get drawing code page for given code page string (system variable DWGCODEPAGE).

Initialize this header from a template.

template header to initialize from clone context

Set a variable.

Get a variable (value).

Get all variables.

Gets or sets the autocad version string. This value represents system variable ACADVER.

Gets or sets the maintenance version. This value represents system variable ACADMAINTVER.

Gets or sets the angle base [radians], range: 0 - 2 * pi. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable ANGBASE.

Gets or sets the angular direction. The default value is ClockWise. This value represents system variable ANGDIR.

Gets or sets the angular unit. The default value is DecimalDegrees. This value represents system variable AUNITS.

Gets or sets the angular unit precision. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable AUPREC.

Gets or sets the first chamfer distance. The default value is 0.5. This value represents system variable CHAMFERA.

Gets or sets the second chamfer distance. The default value is 0.5. This value represents system variable CHAMFERB.

Gets or sets the chamfer length. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable CHAMFERC.

Gets or sets the chamfer angle [radians], range: 0 - 2 * pi. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable CHAMFERD.

Gets or sets the create date time (local). This value represents system variable TDCREATE.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to create ellipse as polyline. The default value is false. This value represents system variable PELLIPSE (DWG only, not present in DXF files).

Gets or sets the create date time (UTC). This value represents system variable TDUCREATE, introduced in .

Gets or sets the color of the current entity. The default value is .

Gets or sets the type of the current entity line. The default line type is the BYLAYER line type (). This value represents system variable CELTYPE.

Gets or sets the current multiline justification. The default value is . This value represents system variable CMLJUST.

Gets or sets the current multiline style. The default multiline style is the STANDARD one. This value represents system variable CMLSTYLE.

Gets or sets the current text style. This value represents system variable TEXTSTYLE.

Gets or sets the current entity linetype scale. The default value is 1. This value represents system variable CELTSCALE.

Gets or sets the current entity line weight. The default value is . This value represents system variable CELWEIGHT.

Gets or sets the type of the current entity plot style. The default value is ByLayer. This value represents system variable CEPSNTYPE.

Gets or sets the current multiline scale. The default value is 1. This value represents system variable CMLSCALE.

Gets or sets the dimension associativity. The default value is non associative. This value represents the system variable DIMASSOC.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display silhouette curves of body objects in Wireframe mode. The default value is false. This value represents system variable DISPSILH.

Gets or sets the AutoCAD version (variable $ACADVER).

Gets or sets the time span the user spent editing the drawing. This value represents system variable TDINDWG.

When read from file, this value is capped to be within the and .

Gets or sets the elevation. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable ELEVATION.

Gets or sets the end caps. The default value is EndCaps.None. This value represents system variable ENDCAPS.

Gets or sets the enabled sorting modes. The default value is . This value represents system variable SORTENTS.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether extended names are used. This value represents system variable EXTNAMES.

false Release 14 compatibility. Limits names to 31 characters in length. Names can include the letters A to Z, the numerals 0 to 9, and the special characters dollar sign ($), underscore (_), and hyphen (-). true AutoCAD 2000. Names can be up to 255 characters in length, and can include the letters A to Z, the numerals 0 to 9, spaces, and any special characters not used for other purposes by Microsoft Windows and AutoCAD

Gets or sets the facet resolution. The default value is 0.5. This value represents system variable FACETRES.

Gets or sets the fillet radius. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable FILLETRAD.

Gets or sets the finger print GUID. Set at creation time, uniquely identifies a particular drawing. This value represents system variable FINGERPRINTGUID.

Gets or sets the gap to be displayed where an object is hidden by another object; the value is specified as a percent of one unit and is independent of the zoom level. A haloed line is shortened at the point where it is hidden when HIDE or the Hidden option of SHADEMODE is used. This value represents system variable HALOGAP.

Gets or sets whether layer and spatial indexes are created and saved in drawing files. Currently setting this variable has no influence. This value represents system variable INDEXCTL.

Gets or sets the color of the "interference objects" created during the interfere command. The default value is .

Gets or sets the object style for interference objects. The value returned/expected is a VISUALSTYLE from the objects section. This value represents system variable INTERFEREOBJVS.

Gets or sets the view style for viewport during interference checking. The value returned/expected is a VISUALSTYLE from the objects section. This value represents system variable INTERFEREVPVS.

Gets or sets the entity color of intersection polylines. The default value is (represents the BYENTITY color).

Gets or sets the display of intersection polylines. Default is false. This value represents system variable INTERSECTIONDISPLAY.

Gets or sets the entity color of obscured lines. The default value is (represents the BYENTITY color).

Gets or sets the line type of obscured lines. The default value is , i.e. no obscured lines are displayed. This value represents system variable OBSLTYPE.

Gets or sets the project name. The project name is used when an external reference or image is not found on its original path. The project name points to a section in the registry that can contain one or more search paths for each project name defined. The default value is the empty string (i.e. no project name). This value represents system variable PROJECTNAME.

Gets or sets whether to save proxy object images. The default is true. This value represents system variable PROXYGRAPHICS.

Gets or sets the hyper link base. Represents the path for all relative hyperlinks in the drawing. If null, the drawing path is used. This value represents system variable HYPERLINKBASE.

Gets or sets the drawing-units value for automatic scaling of blocks, images, or xrefs inserted or attached to a drawing. The default value is Inches. This value represents system variable INSUNITS.

Gets or sets the linear unit format. The default value is Decimal. This value represents system variable LUNIT.

Gets or sets the linear unit precision. The default value is 4. This value represents system variable LUPREC.

Gets or sets the line type scale. The default value is 1. This value represents system variable LTSCALE.

Gets or sets whether to show spline control points. The default value is false. This value represents system variable SPLFRAME.

Gets or sets the number of spline segments for spline approximation. The default value is 8. This value represents system variable SPLINESEGS.

When the value is greater than zero then a spline is approximated by straight line segments. If it's smaller than zero then it's approximated by arcs.

Gets or sets the drawing code page string (variable $DWGCODEPAGE).

Gets or sets the drawing code page (variable $DWGCODEPAGE). The default value is .

Gets or sets whether DXF objects have a handle or not (variable $HANDLING).

From (AC1012) onward, handles are no longer optional.

Gets or sets the handle seed used for DXF entities and blocks (variable $HANDSEED).

From (AC1012) onward, handles are no longer optional.

Gets or sets the drawing code page string.

Gets or sets the DxfAttribute or visibility (variable $ATTMODE). The default value is Normal.

Gets or sets whether to show model space (as opposed to paper space) (variable $TILEMODE). The default value is .

When showing model space, entities in paper space are invisible. When showing paper space, entities in model space are first transformed to paper space as specified by a view port. Entities in paper space are not transformed.

Gets or sets whether to to fill wide polylines etc. when its z-axis is either (0, 0, 1) or (0, 0, -1). The default value is true. This value represents system variable FILLMODE.

Gets or sets the paper space line type scaling. The default value is Normal. This value represents system variable PSLTSCALE.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether limits are checked in paper space (variable $PLIMCHECK).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display line weight (variable $LWDISPLAY).

Default value is .

Gets the dimension style overrides.

The overrides override properties of .

Gets or sets the dimension style.

Together with the the dimension style determines the style aspects of dimensions. The dimension style is shared and must be present in .

Gets or sets the measurement units (variable $MEASUREMENT).

Gets or sets the drawing extents bottom left corner (in WCS) (variable $EXTMIN). The default value is (1e20, 1e20, 1e20).

Gets or sets the drawing extents top right corner (in WCS) (variable $EXTMAX). The default value is (-1e20, -1e20, -1e20).

Gets or sets the insertion base point (in WCS) (variable $INSBASE).

When inserting this drawing in another drawing, the insertion base point defines where this drawing is inserted.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether associated dimensions are turned on or off. The default value is true. This value represents system variable DIMASO.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to update dimensions while dragging. The default value is true. This value represents system variable DIMSHO.

Gets or sets the current layer.

Gets or sets the join style. The default value is JoinStyle.None. This value represents system variable JOINSTYLE.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether limit checking is on. The default value is false. This value represents system variable LIMCHECK.

Gets or sets the XY drawing limits upper-right corner (in WCS). The default value is (12, 9). This value represents system variable LIMMAX.

Gets or sets the XY drawing limits lower-left corner (in WCS). The default value is (0, 0). This value represents system variable LIMMIN.

Gets or sets the maximum number of viewport you can open at any given time. The default value is 48. This value represents system variable MAXACTVP.

Gets or sets the name of the menu file. The default value is ".". This value represents system variable MENU.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to mirror text when text is modified by the MIRROR command. The default vaule is true. This value represents system variable MIRRTEXT.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether ortho mode is on. The default value is false. This value represents system variable ORTHOMODE.

Gets or sets the paper space elevation. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable PELEVATION.

Gets or sets the paper space extents maximum. The default value is (0, 0, 0). This value represents system variable PEXTMAX.

Gets or sets the paper space extents minimum. The default value is (0, 0, 0). This value represents system variable PEXTMIN.

Gets or sets the paper space insertion base point. The default value is (0, 0, 0). This value represents system variable PINSBASE.

Gets or sets the paper space limits max. The default value is (0, 0). This value represents system variable PLIMMAX.

Gets or sets the paper space limits min. The default value is (0, 0). This value represents system variable PLIMMIN.

Gets or sets the paper space UCS. This value represents header variables $PUCS*.

Gets or sets the paper space UCS base. This value represents header variables $PUCBASE.

Gets or sets the plot style mode indicating whether the current drawing is in a Color-Dependent or Named Plot Style mode. The default value is PlotStyleMode.Named. This value represents system variable PSTYLEMODE.

Gets or sets the point display mode. The default value is . This value represents system variable PDMODE.

This property does not affect points on the DEFPOINTS layer. This layer contains points that are part of objects like dimensions.

Gets or sets the point display size. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable PDSIZE.

The default value (0) specifies a point size 5% of the screen size. A value greater than 0 specifies the absolute size, and a value less than 0 specifies a percentage size. CadLib only supports rendering the absolute sizes, for values equal or less than 0, a point is drawn. This property does not affect points on the DEFPOINTS layer. This layer contains points that are part of objects like dimensions.

Gets or sets the polyline line type generation. The default value is . This value represents system variable PLINEGEN.

Gets or sets the default polyline width. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable PLINEWID.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether quick text mode is on. The default value is false. This value represents system variable QTEXTMODE.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether regeneration mode is on. The default value is true. This value represents system variable REGENMODE.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to retain cross-reference dependent visibility settings. The default value is true. This value represents system variable VISRETAIN.

Gets or sets the ratio of diffuse reflective to ambient percentage. The default value is 70. This value represents system variable SHADEDIF.

Gets or sets how to shade edges. The default value is FacesInEntityColorEdgesInBlack. This value represents system variable SHADEDGE.

Gets or sets the shadow mode for new 3D objects. The default value is CastsAndReceives. This value represents the system variable CSHADOW.

Gets or sets the location of the shadow plane (a Z axis ordinate). The default value is 0.0. This value represents the system variable SHADOWPLANELOCATION.

Gets or sets the sketch increment (used for the FREEHAND command). The default value is 0.1000. This value represents system variable SKETCHINC.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to sketch polylines (true) or sketch lines (false). The default value is false. This value represents system variable SKPOLY.

Gets or sets the spatial index maximum tree depth. The default value is 3020. This value represents system variable TREEDEPTH.

Gets or sets the spline type. The default value is CubicBSpline. This value represents system variable SPLINETYPE.

Gets or sets the stacked text alignment. The default value is . This value represents system variable TSTACKALIGN (not present IN DXF).

Gets or sets the stacked text size as a percentage of the current text height. The default value is 70. This value represents system variable TSTACKSIZE (not present IN DXF).

Gets or sets the surface density (for PEDIT Smooth) in M direction. The default value is 6. This value represents system variable SURFU.

Gets or sets the surface density (for PEDIT Smooth) in N direction. The default value is 6. This value represents system variable SURFV.

Gets or sets the surface isolines count on entities. The default value is 4. This value represents system variable ISOLINES.

Gets or sets the number of mesh tabulations count in the first direction. The default value is 6. This value represents system variable SURFTAB1.

Gets or sets the number of mesh tabulations count in the second direction. The default value is 6. This value represents system variable SURFTAB2.

Gets or sets the surface type (for PEDIT Smooth). The default value is 6. This value represents system variable SURFTYPE.

Gets or sets the text quality (0 to 100). The default value is 50. This value represents system variable TEXTQLTY.

Gets or sets the text height default. The default value is 0.2. This value represents system variable TEXTSIZE.

Gets or sets the thickness default. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable THICKNESS.

Gets or sets the trace width default. The default value is 0.0500. This value represents system variable TRACEWID.

Gets or sets the model space UCS. This value represents header variables $UCS*.

Gets or sets the UCS base. This value represents header variables $UCSBASE.

Gets or sets the unit mode. Low bit set = Display fractions, feet-and-inches, and surveyor's angles in input format. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable UNITMODE.

Gets or sets the update date time (local). This value represents system variable TDUPDATE.

Gets or sets the update date time (UTC). This value represents system variable TDUUPDATE, introduced in .

Gets or sets the user elapsed time span. This value represents system variable TDUSRTIMER.

When read from file, this value is capped to be within the and .

Gets or sets the user short value 1. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERI1.

Gets or sets the user short value 2. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERI2.

Gets or sets the user short value 3. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERI3.

Gets or sets the user short value 4. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERI4.

Gets or sets the user short value 5. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERI5.

Gets or sets the user double value 1. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERR1.

Gets or sets the user double value 2. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERR2.

Gets or sets the user double value 3. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERR3.

Gets or sets the user double value 4. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERR4.

Gets or sets the user double value 5. This value is intended for use by third-party developers. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable USERR5.

Gets or sets whether the user timer is running. The default value is true. This value represents system variable USRTIMER.

Gets or sets the version GUID. Uniquely identifies a particular version of a drawing. Updated when the drawing is modified. This value represents system variable VERSIONGUID.

Gets or sets the viewport default view scale factor. The default value is 0. This value represents system variable PSVPSCALE.

0 = Scaled to fit, > 0 = Scale factor.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to set UCS to WCS during DVIEW/VPOINT. The default value is true. This value represents system variable WORLDVIEW.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current drawing can be edited inplace when being referenced by another drawing. The default value is false. This value represents system variable XEDIT.

This value represents system variable REQUIREDVERSIONS. The default value is 0.

Gets or sets the line type to display external reference (XREF) clipping boundaries. The default value is . This value represents the system variable XCLIPFRAME.

DxfAttribute and visibility.

No attributes are visible.

Visibility is determined by attribute itself.

All attributes are visible.

collection.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The capacity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The vertices.

Adds the specified vertex.

Adds a vertex with specified coordinates.

Adds the specified vertices.

Represents the end of sequence entity. Used by AutoCAD internally.

Draw the entity as wire frame (only called when visible and not in a frozen layer).

Accepts the specified visitor.

Gets the entity type (e.g. CIRCLE).

Gets the entity sub class (e.g. AcDbCircle).

Represents a collection of elements.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The capacity.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. is null.

Represents the abstract value format of e.g. a .

Use one of the following concrete value format sub classes: This example demonstrates how create a table, and set several cell value formats and values.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class DxfValueFormatExample {
        public void Example() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf21);

            DxfTable table = new DxfTable(model.DefaultTableStyle);
            table.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d);

            table.RowCount = 6;
            table.ColumnCount = 2;

            table.Rows[0].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "The table title");

            DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber decimalCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber(LinearUnitFormat.Decimal);
            decimalCellFormat.Precision = 3; // Show 3 decimals
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].Contents.Add(decimalCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.Currency currencyCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.Currency("€");
            table.Rows[3].Cells[0].Contents.Add(currencyCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.String stringCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.String(CellStringFormat.TitleCase);
            table.Rows[4].Cells[0].Contents.Add(stringCellFormat, "a test string");

            model.Entities.Add(table);

            DxfWriter.Write("Value Format Example.dxf", model);
        }
    }
}

The none value format.

The general value format.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Creates a new instance for the specified cell data type.

Clones this value format.

Parses a format element string that starts with the percent character.

Gets the string between square brackets from the format string.

Gets the integer from the format string.

Appends to format string.

Raises the event.

Occurs when the value format changed.

Gets the data type.

Gets the type of the unit.

Represents no value format. This format has no formatting options.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Represents the general value format. This format has no formatting options.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Represents the string value format.

This example demonstrates how create a table, and set several cells formats and values.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class DxfValueFormatExample {
        public void Example() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf21);

            DxfTable table = new DxfTable(model.DefaultTableStyle);
            table.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d);

            table.RowCount = 6;
            table.ColumnCount = 2;

            table.Rows[0].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "The table title");

            DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber decimalCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber(LinearUnitFormat.Decimal);
            decimalCellFormat.Precision = 3; // Show 3 decimals
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].Contents.Add(decimalCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.Currency currencyCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.Currency("€");
            table.Rows[3].Cells[0].Contents.Add(currencyCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.String stringCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.String(CellStringFormat.TitleCase);
            table.Rows[4].Cells[0].Contents.Add(stringCellFormat, "a test string");

            model.Entities.Add(table);

            DxfWriter.Write("Value Format Example.dxf", model);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Parses a format element string that starts with the percent character.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the table cell string format (the default value is CellStringFormat.None).

Represents the decimal number value format.

This example demonstrates how create a table, and set several cells formats and values.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class DxfValueFormatExample {
        public void Example() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf21);

            DxfTable table = new DxfTable(model.DefaultTableStyle);
            table.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d);

            table.RowCount = 6;
            table.ColumnCount = 2;

            table.Rows[0].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "The table title");

            DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber decimalCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber(LinearUnitFormat.Decimal);
            decimalCellFormat.Precision = 3; // Show 3 decimals
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].Contents.Add(decimalCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.Currency currencyCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.Currency("€");
            table.Rows[3].Cells[0].Contents.Add(currencyCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.String stringCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.String(CellStringFormat.TitleCase);
            table.Rows[4].Cells[0].Contents.Add(stringCellFormat, "a test string");

            model.Entities.Add(table);

            DxfWriter.Write("Value Format Example.dxf", model);
        }
    }
}

Extends the value format with a Precision and a .

Extends the value format with a and a .

Represents an abstract numeric base class for numeric table cell formats.

The default thousands separator is a comma.

Parses a format element string that starts with the percent character.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the prefix string (the default value is null).

Gets or sets the postfix string (the default value is null).

Parses a format element string that starts with the percent character.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the conversion factor (the default value is 1).

Gets or sets the thousands separator (the default value is a comma).

Parses the format element.

Appends to format string (does not write the precision).

Gets or sets the precision.

Gets or sets the decimal separator character (the default value is a dot).

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Parses the format element.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the cell linear number format (the default value is null).

Gets or sets the precision.

For decimal, engineering and scientific units the precision indicates the number of decimals. For architectural units the precision corresponds to the precision in inches: value precision in feet/inches 0 0'0" 1 0'0 1/2" 1 0'0 1/4" 1 0'0 1/8" 1 0'0 1/16" 1 0'0 1/32" 1 0'0 1/64" 1 0'0 1/128" 1 0'0 1/256" For fractional units the precision corresponds to the denominator: value denominator 0 0 1 0 1/2 1 0 1/4 1 0 1/8 1 0 1/16 1 0 1/32 1 0 1/64 1 0 1/128 1 0 1/256

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress zero feet.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress zero inches.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress leading zeros.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether suppress trailing zeros.

Gets or sets the zero suppression flags (the default value is None).

Represents a percentage value format.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Parses the format element.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the precision (the number of decimals that are displayed). The default value is 2.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress zero feet.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress zero inches.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress leading zeros.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether suppress trailing zeros.

Gets or sets the zero suppression flags (the default value is None).

Represents a 3D point with x, y and z coordinates.

The default coordinate separator is a comma.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Parses the format element.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the coordinate separator character. The default value is a comma ','. Other typical values are a semicolon ';' or a slash '/'.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the X coordinate (the default value is true).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the Y coordinate (the default value is true).

Represents a 3D point with x, y and z coordinates.

The default coordinate separator is a comma.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Parses the format element.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the coordinate separator character. The default value is a comma ','. Other typical values are a semicolon ';' or a slash '/'.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the X coordinate (the default value is true).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the Y coordinate (the default value is true).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the Z coordinate (the default value is true).

Represents the angle value format.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Parses the format element.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the cell angle format (the default value is None).

Gets or sets the decimal separator. The default value is a dot.

Gets or sets the precision. The default value is 0.

Represents the currency value format.

This example demonstrates how create a table, and set several cells formats and values.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class DxfValueFormatExample {
        public void Example() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf21);

            DxfTable table = new DxfTable(model.DefaultTableStyle);
            table.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d);

            table.RowCount = 6;
            table.ColumnCount = 2;

            table.Rows[0].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "The table title");

            DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber decimalCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber(LinearUnitFormat.Decimal);
            decimalCellFormat.Precision = 3; // Show 3 decimals
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].Contents.Add(decimalCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.Currency currencyCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.Currency("€");
            table.Rows[3].Cells[0].Contents.Add(currencyCellFormat, 12.3456789d);

            DxfValueFormat.String stringCellFormat = new DxfValueFormat.String(CellStringFormat.TitleCase);
            table.Rows[4].Cells[0].Contents.Add(stringCellFormat, "a test string");

            model.Entities.Add(table);

            DxfWriter.Write("Value Format Example.dxf", model);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The prefix (e.g. $ or €).

Clones this value format.

Parses a format element string that starts with the percent character.

Appends to format string.

Gets or sets the precision. The default value is 2.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use brackets for negative numbers in stead of a minus sign. The default value is false.

Represents the whole number (integer) value format.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Clones this value format.

Represents the date value format.

This example shows how create a table, merge cells and create a custom table style.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

using WW.Cad.IO;
using WW.Cad.Model;
using WW.Cad.Model.Entities;
using WW.Cad.Model.Objects;
using WW.Math;

namespace WW.Cad.Test {
    public class TableExample {
        public void CreateTableExample() {
            DxfModel model = new DxfModel(DxfVersion.Dxf21);

            DxfTableStyle tableStyle = new DxfTableStyle("Double bordered");
            tableStyle.DataCellStyle.SetAllBordersBorderType(BorderType.Double);
            tableStyle.DataCellStyle.SetAllBordersColor(Colors.Green);
            tableStyle.TitleCellStyle.SetAllBordersBorderType(BorderType.Double);
            tableStyle.HeaderCellStyle.SetAllBordersBorderType(BorderType.Double);
            tableStyle.HeaderCellStyle.ContentColor = Colors.Blue;
            model.TableStyles.Add(tableStyle);

            DxfTable table = new DxfTable(tableStyle);
            table.InsertionPoint = new Point3D(0d, 10d, 0d);

            table.RowCount = 6;
            table.ColumnCount = 3;

            foreach (DxfTableColumn column in table.Columns) {
                column.Width = 8d;
            }

            table.Rows[0].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "The table title");
            table.Rows[1].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Column 1 Header");
            table.Rows[1].Cells[1].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Column 2 Header");
            table.Rows[1].Cells[2].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Column 3 Header");
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.String(), "Text");
            table.Rows[2].Cells[0].CellStyleOverrides.ContentColor = Colors.Red;
            table.Rows[4].Cells[0].Contents.Add(DxfValueFormat.Date.CreateRegionalLongDateTime(), DateTime.Now);
            table.Rows[5].Cells[0].Contents.Add(new DxfValueFormat.DecimalNumber(LinearUnitFormat.Decimal), 123.45d);

            // Merge the title row cells.
            table.MergedCellRanges.Add(new DxfTableCellRange(0, 0, 0, 2));
            // This demonstrates a merged cell block of 3 by 2 cells.
            table.MergedCellRanges.Add(new DxfTableCellRange(2, 0, 3, 2));

            model.Entities.Add(table);

            DxfWriter.Write("Table Example.dxf", model);
        }
    }
}

Initializes a new instance of the class.

See property for a description of the format string.

Clones this value format.

Creates a regional long date value format (e.g. Saturday, March 29, 2008).

Creates a regional long date time value format (e.g. Saturday, March 29, 2008 7:51:24 PM).

Creates a regional short date value format (e.g. 3/29/2008).

Creates a regional short date time value format (e.g. 3/29/2008 7:51:24 PM).

Creates a regional time value format.

Gets or sets the format string (the default value is null).

The following sub strings can be used in the date format string. Sub string Explanation M month number d day number dd day number yy year number (2 digits) yyyy year number (4 digits) dddd day spelled out MMMM month spelled out MMM 3 letter abbreviation of month h hours (0-11) HH hours (0-23) mm minutes ss seconds tt AM/PM %#x regional long date: e.g. Saturday, March 29, 2008 %#c regional long date time: e.g. Saturday, March 29, 2008 7:51:24 PM %x regional short date: e.g. 3/29/2008 %c regional short date time: e.g. 3/29/2008 7:51:24 PM %X regional time

Represents a handle to another object in the file.

Currently format options are completely unknown. This class exists merely to support reading and writing of files containing this value format.

Angular unit.

Decimal degrees.

Degrees/minutes/seconds.

Gradians.

Radians.

Surveyors units.

Converts specified Julian timespan double representing a number of days to a time span.

The value is capped to be within the and . Represents the number of days.

Represents the connection point.

Containes node Id and connection string.

Clones this object.

Gets or sets the connection point node Id.

Typically mode Id is a link to Grip point.

Gets or sets the connection string.

examples "X", "Y", "UpdatedX", "UpdatedY", "XDelta", "YDelta" ...

Represents the dynamic block visibility grip.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the dynamic block look up parameter.

LookUp parameter is "custom" parameter for dynamic blocks.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the label text.

Gets or sets the description.

Gets or sets the action id.

Typically link to lookUp action.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents the dynamic block base point parameter.

Base point parameter cannot be accotiated with actions.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

The object to copy from The clone context. Thrown when reference to e.g. a line type is missing. (only when the clone context's reference resolution type is .)

Gets or sets the base point.

Gets or sets the updated base point.

Gets the object type.

Gets the autocad class.

Represents an object that determines the entity drawing order for a block.

When drawing according to a , entities are sorted by their handle. In case a sort handle is defined for an entity, then that sort handle is used for sorting, otherwise the entity's own handle is used for sorting. The SortEntsTable is stored in a block's extension dictionary, at entry named . The SortEnts object was introduced in release 14.

Accepts the specified visitor.

Clones this object in the context of given model context.

Copy object contents of given object in the context of given target model.

Gets or sets the owner block, which is also the layout's owner block.

Gets the entity sort wrappers.

Gets the object type (e.g. MLINESTYLE).

Gets the autocad class (e.g. AcDbMlineStyle).

Gets the font (height is normalized to 100).

Gets the font family.

Gets the font style.

Gets the font height (corresponds to the font's em height).

Gets the actual windows font ascent, which is different from the specified .

Gets the CAD ascent (as specified in the CAD drawing), which is different from the actual windows font .

Gets the descent.

Gets the internal leading.

Gets the external leading.

Gets the average width of the character.

Gets the maximum width of the character.

Gets the weight.

Gets the overhang.

Gets the digitized aspect X.

Gets the digitized aspect Y.

Cad color definitions. DXF versions older than (AutoCAD 2004) only support 255 colors. supports 24 bit color and transparancy.

The DXF default color index.

The minimal valid color index.

The maximal valid color index.

Color number for ACI ByBlock.

Color number for ACI ByLayer.

Color number for unknown ACI.

The start index of the standard colors interval.

The end index of the standard color´s interval.

The start index of the circle colors interval.

The end index of the circle colors interval.

The start index of the gray colors interval.

The end index of the gray colors interval.

The minimal maximal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

The maximal maximal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

The minimal maximal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

The maximal maximal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

The minimal maximal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

The maximal maximal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

The minimal maximal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

The minimal minimal color component which makes AutoCAD use the color set.

Maximal color component deviation which makes AutoCAD correct a color.

Color component correction used by AutoCAD when colors overlap.

Red offset into spokes.

Green offset into spokes.

Blue offset into spokes.

Color set type for very dark backgrounds-

Color set type for quite dark backgrounds.

Color set type for slightly dark backgrounds.

Color set type for slightly light backgrounds.

Color set type for very light backgrounds.

Color circle spoke color values.

Cad color definitions (index range is 0 - 255).

Obsolete: the indexed color values are depending on a given background color, so use instead.

The default color if no other is given.

Obsolete: there is no fixed ARGB value for the default color index, to get the default color create a indexed color set and use the array operator to get the color value for that index.

Indexed colors for a dark dark dark background

Indexed colors for a dark dark medium background

Indexed colors for a dark light medium background

Indexed colors for a light light medium background

Indexed colors for a light light light background.

The indexed colors CadLib used in former versions, without background color correction.

Obsolete: use , , or the method to create a color set for a given background color which includes AutoCAD-like color correction.

The classic AutoCAD color set for indexed colors.

This is the color set AutoCAD was using when its background color was restricted to black.

The AutoCAD color set it is using for black or very dark backgrounds.

This is the same as .

The AutoCAD color set it is using for white background.

The colors in this set.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Helper method: create ARGB color.

Red. Green. Blue. ARGB color.

Get the best matching color index for the given ARGB color.

ARGB color (alpha is ignored) Best match color index.

Get cad color index for given color, using the classic indexed color set.

Obsolete: there is no fix indexed color set, instead the color of an indexed color depends on the background. Instead use a color set for a given background (either , or create one with , and use the method.

Get cad color index for given color.

Get color index which provides the best match for a given color set.

Obsolete: there is no one color set, the real color set depends on the background color. To handle this Indexed colors. Color to look up. Squared Euclidian color difference output Best match.

Get color index which provides the best match for a given color set.

Obsolete: there is no one color set, the real color set depends on the background color. To handle this Indexed colors, at least of length 256 Color to look up. Squared Euclidian color difference output Best match.

Gets the color nr as stored in a dxf file.

Gets the entity color.

Get the color set for a given background color.

Create the colors like old CadLib, but apply background color correction directly.

Obsolete: the classic CadLib colors are incorrect, use instead. Background color. Color set which avoids the background color.

Get the basic AutoCAD-like color set, but don't do local correction.

Background color. One of five basic color sets AutoCAD is using.

Get the basic Acad color set type depending on a given background color.

To avoid overlapping colors some values in the basic sets might be shifted, depending on the background color. Background color. Basic color set type.

Create the colors like AutoCAD.

Background color. An array of 257 colors, but indexes 0 and 256 should not be used

Create the colors.

Color set type. An array of 257 colors, but indexes 0 and 256 should not be used

Go over the colors and apply a correction when an ACI color and the background color are considered too near according to AutoCAD.

Indexed color set. background color.

Get a corrected color for a standard color value.

Standard color value. Background color. Background color max mask. Adapted color value

Internally used rounding from the basic double representation to the internal ARGB color representation.

Color component value. Rounded color compoenent value.

Get the ARGB color for a given color index.

Color index. The ARGB color for the given index.

Color type for the standard colors (ACI 1 to 9).

Dark background (max color component less than or equals to 0x80).

Light background (max color component more than or euqlas 0x81).

Color type for circle colors (ACI 10 to 249).

Dark background (max color component less than or equals to 0x1f).

Light background (max color component more than or euqlas 0x20).

Color type for gray colors (ACI 250 to 255).

Dark background (max color component less than or equals to 0x80).

Medium background.

Light background (max color component more than or euqlas 0x81).

Color type for the whole color set, combined from the color types of the various parts.

Color type of the standard colors (ACI 1 to 9).

Color type of the circle colors (ACI 10 to 249).

Color type of the gray colors (ACI 250 to 255).

Initializes a new instance of the struct.

Type of the standard colors. Type of the circle colors. Type of the gray colors.